WO2023131243A1 - 电子设备及其信息显示方法、介质 - Google Patents

电子设备及其信息显示方法、介质 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023131243A1
WO2023131243A1 PCT/CN2023/070718 CN2023070718W WO2023131243A1 WO 2023131243 A1 WO2023131243 A1 WO 2023131243A1 CN 2023070718 W CN2023070718 W CN 2023070718W WO 2023131243 A1 WO2023131243 A1 WO 2023131243A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
card
screen
electronic device
cards
desktop
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/070718
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
葛峰
韩笑
暴文莹
张涛林
许多
Original Assignee
荣耀终端有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 荣耀终端有限公司 filed Critical 荣耀终端有限公司
Priority to US18/263,784 priority Critical patent/US20240015238A1/en
Priority to EP23737105.9A priority patent/EP4266167A1/en
Publication of WO2023131243A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023131243A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/14Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units
    • G06F3/1423Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units controlling a plurality of local displays, e.g. CRT and flat panel display
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/0206Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings
    • H04M1/0241Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings using relative motion of the body parts to change the operational status of the telephone set, e.g. switching on/off, answering incoming call
    • H04M1/0243Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings using relative motion of the body parts to change the operational status of the telephone set, e.g. switching on/off, answering incoming call using the relative angle between housings
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0481Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16Constructional details or arrangements
    • G06F1/1613Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
    • G06F1/1615Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers with several enclosures having relative motions, each enclosure supporting at least one I/O or computing function
    • G06F1/1616Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers with several enclosures having relative motions, each enclosure supporting at least one I/O or computing function with folding flat displays, e.g. laptop computers or notebooks having a clamshell configuration, with body parts pivoting to an open position around an axis parallel to the plane they define in closed position
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16Constructional details or arrangements
    • G06F1/1613Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
    • G06F1/1633Constructional details or arrangements of portable computers not specific to the type of enclosures covered by groups G06F1/1615 - G06F1/1626
    • G06F1/1637Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing
    • G06F1/1641Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing the display being formed by a plurality of foldable display components
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16Constructional details or arrangements
    • G06F1/1613Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
    • G06F1/1633Constructional details or arrangements of portable computers not specific to the type of enclosures covered by groups G06F1/1615 - G06F1/1626
    • G06F1/1637Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing
    • G06F1/1652Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing the display being flexible, e.g. mimicking a sheet of paper, or rollable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16Constructional details or arrangements
    • G06F1/1613Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
    • G06F1/1633Constructional details or arrangements of portable computers not specific to the type of enclosures covered by groups G06F1/1615 - G06F1/1626
    • G06F1/1675Miscellaneous details related to the relative movement between the different enclosures or enclosure parts
    • G06F1/1677Miscellaneous details related to the relative movement between the different enclosures or enclosure parts for detecting open or closed state or particular intermediate positions assumed by movable parts of the enclosure, e.g. detection of display lid position with respect to main body in a laptop, detection of opening of the cover of battery compartment
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0481Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
    • G06F3/0483Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0484Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
    • G06F3/04842Selection of displayed objects or displayed text elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0484Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
    • G06F3/0486Drag-and-drop
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0487Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
    • G06F3/0488Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
    • G06F3/04883Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures for inputting data by handwriting, e.g. gesture or text
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0487Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
    • G06F3/0488Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
    • G06F3/04886Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures by partitioning the display area of the touch-screen or the surface of the digitising tablet into independently controllable areas, e.g. virtual keyboards or menus
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/0206Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings
    • H04M1/0208Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings characterized by the relative motions of the body parts
    • H04M1/0214Foldable telephones, i.e. with body parts pivoting to an open position around an axis parallel to the plane they define in closed position
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/026Details of the structure or mounting of specific components
    • H04M1/0266Details of the structure or mounting of specific components for a display module assembly
    • H04M1/0268Details of the structure or mounting of specific components for a display module assembly including a flexible display panel
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M2201/00Electronic components, circuits, software, systems or apparatus used in telephone systems
    • H04M2201/42Graphical user interfaces

Definitions

  • This application relates to image processing technology.
  • it relates to an electronic device and its information display method and medium.
  • Electronic devices that support folding screens are becoming more and more popular, and users can switch between an external screen and an internal screen of the electronic device, and display user desktops of the electronic device through the external screen and the internal screen, respectively.
  • the display elements on the user's desktop of the electronic device on the outer screen and the inner screen will be inconsistent, thereby affecting the user's experience.
  • the present application provides an electronic device and its information display method and medium.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an information display method, which is characterized in that it is applied to an electronic device, the electronic device includes a first screen and a second screen, and the first screen is larger than the second screen, and the first screen can Folding screens, methods include:
  • the multiple cards displayed on the second screen are displayed on the first screen, and on the first screen, the first part of cards and the second part of cards among the multiple cards are displayed at different positions.
  • the inner screen of the electronic device when the user uses the inner screen of the electronic device with a larger size, the inner screen of the electronic device can display more cards, and multiple cards can be displayed according to priority. After the arrangement order is adjusted or multiple cards are adjusted according to the priority, when the inner screen is closed and the outer screen is used, the last adjusted card can be displayed on the outer screen to improve user experience.
  • the above-mentioned cards, the first part of cards and the second part of cards may be cards or display frames.
  • the user interface of the first screen of the electronic device may also include a plurality of the above-mentioned first part cards and second part cards, and it shall also be understood that the user interface where the first part cards and the second part cards are located may be the main desktop, or may be It is other desktops, such as negative one screen, which is not limited in this application.
  • the first screen is a foldable screen, and when multiple cards are stacked and displayed on the second screen, the first screen is in a folded state, and the folded state refers to the first screen of the first screen.
  • the included angle between the first sub-screen and the second sub-screen is smaller than the first preset angle.
  • the first screen may be an inner screen of the electronic device, that is, a screen that can be unfolded and closed;
  • the second screen may be an outer screen of the electronic device.
  • the first sub-screen and the second sub-screen of the first screen can be two display areas of the first screen, and the first sub-screen and the second sub-screen can be axisymmetric; the folded state here can be that the first screen does not display
  • the user interface of the electronic device the angle between the first sub-screen and the second sub-screen is smaller than the first preset angle, when the first screen is folded so that the angle between the first sub-screen and the second sub-screen reaches the first preset angle After angle, the first screen does not display the user interface of the electronic device.
  • the first operation is an operation of expanding the included angle between the first sub-screen and the second sub-screen of the first screen to be greater than a first preset angle.
  • the above-mentioned first operation can be understood as the operation of unfolding the first screen of the electronic device, that is, when the first screen is unfolded so that the angle between the first sub-screen and the second sub-screen reaches the first preset angle After that, the first screen displays the user interface of the electronic device.
  • the first screen and the second screen are arranged opposite to each other, and the first screen and the second screen are located on different sides of the electronic device.
  • the first part of the cards and the second part of the cards are used to display at least one of the data generated by the application program of the electronic device and the data subscribed by the electronic device, such as schedule, flight information, weather clock, etc.
  • the card may also display data corresponding to events automatically arranged by the electronic device without user operation, for example, weather events generated by a weather forecast application program.
  • the above-mentioned application program may be a system application program of the electronic device, or a third-party application program, or a microservice registered by the electronic device through the cloud server.
  • the first part of cards includes a first card, and the first card may be a weather clock card;
  • Stacking and displaying multiple cards on the second screen includes: stacking and displaying multiple cards on the second screen according to a preset condition; the preset condition is the priority of the multiple cards;
  • the second set of cards are displayed in a priority stack on the first screen.
  • the first part of cards when the electronic device displays the first part of cards on the second screen, the first part of cards can display the first cards according to the display rules applicable to the second screen. It should be understood that the display rules of the second screen can be based on the first part of the cards.
  • the priority between multiple cards in the card shows multiple cards in the first section of cards. It should be understood that the priority among the multiple cards may include the priority among the time information or position information contained in the multiple cards, and the priority here may also be referred to as a priority order.
  • the electronic device can also change the order of multiple cards according to the priority among multiple cards, and can display the card that the user wants to pay attention to currently. Therefore, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can effectively help the user pay attention to the card and improve the user experience.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device displays the first part of cards on the second screen, if it detects that there is a touch operation on the first part of cards, it can switch the first card to the second card, that is, the electronic device
  • the order of multiple cards can also be changed according to the user's operation, and the display content that the user wants to pay attention to currently can be displayed. Therefore, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can effectively help the user pay attention to the display content of the cards and improve user experience.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first layer displays the second card.
  • the first part of cards may be displayed side by side with the second part of cards, and the second part of cards may be a card set formed by stacking multiple cards.
  • the first card in the first part of the cards can be the card of the weather clock
  • the second card in the second part of the cards can be the card of the schedule, where the card of the schedule can be the card set corresponding to the second part of the card, priority taller cards.
  • the above-mentioned touch operation on the second part of the cards can be understood as a user operation for changing the cards in the second part of the cards displayed on the first screen of the electronic device.
  • the second operation can be understood as The user acts on the swipe down action of the second part of the card.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first part of the cards and the second part of the cards are in the same position and displayed stacked according to priority.
  • the second operation above can be understood as the user setting to fold the first screen of the electronic device, and at this time, the second screen of the electronic device displays the user's desktop.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first part of the cards and the second part of the cards displayed on the first screen are displayed on the second screen; on the second screen, the first part of the cards and the second part of the cards are in the same position Stacked display, the second card or the first card is displayed on the first layer.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device detects that there is a folding operation on the first screen when the second part of cards is displayed on the first screen, the stacked first part of cards and the second part of cards are displayed on the second screen, for example: electronic The device displays schedule cards in the second part of cards displayed on the first screen.
  • the electronic device displays the schedule cards on the second screen, that is, after the user folds the electronic device on the second One screen, such as: after folding the inner screen, the electronic device can continue to display the schedule cards displayed in the second part of the cards on the first screen through the second screen, such as: the outer screen, that is, even if the user folds the second On one screen, the electronic device can still continue to display the card with the highest priority among multiple cards on the second screen, and can display the card that the user wants to pay attention to currently. Therefore, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can effectively help the user to pay attention to The display content of the card improves the user experience.
  • the method further includes: receiving a third operation for the second part of cards;
  • the first part of the cards and the second part of the cards displayed on the first screen are displayed on the second screen; on the second screen, the first part of the cards and the second part of the cards are in the same position Stacked display, the third card is displayed on the first layer.
  • the above-mentioned third operation may be that when the electronic device detects a touch operation on the second part of cards when the second part of cards is displayed, then the second card in the second part of cards is switched to the third Cards, for example: switch the schedule card to the flight information card, that is to say, the electronic device can change the order of multiple cards in the second part of the cards according to the user's operation, and can display the display that the user wants to focus on currently Therefore, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application can effectively help the user to pay attention to the display content of the card and improve the user experience.
  • the second operation is an operation of folding an included angle between the first sub-screen and the second sub-screen of the first screen to be smaller than a second preset angle.
  • the first screen of the electronic device displays the first card
  • it detects that there is an operation of sliding to the left on the third card then delete the third card and switch to the second card, for example: delete the card of flight information
  • the card that displays the schedule that is to say, the electronic device can delete the second card according to the user's operation, and can remove the display content that the user no longer pays attention to, and then display the display content that the user currently wants to pay attention to. Therefore, this application
  • the method provided by the embodiment can effectively help the user to pay attention to the displayed content of the card and improve the user experience.
  • the first screen in response to a touch operation on the second part of the cards, displays an operation area, and the operation area includes at least a first button, a second button and a third button.
  • the first screen in response to a touch operation on the first button in the operation area, displays the third card after the second card is displayed.
  • the first screen in response to a touch operation on the second button in the operation area, the first screen removes the second part of cards and retains the first part of cards.
  • the first screen in response to a touch operation on the third button in the operation area, opens the first window, and the first window is used to edit the second card.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device detects a touch operation on the second card when the second part of the cards displays the second card, it displays the operation area, which may include the first key for setting the second card , the second button and the third button. Therefore, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can provide the user with the function of modifying the card, help the user to change the display content of the card, and improve the user experience.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device detects that there is a click operation on the first button in the operation area when the second card is displayed on the second part of the card, the second card is deleted and the third card is displayed, for example: the card for scheduling Remove, a card that displays flight information. Therefore, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can provide the user with the function of modifying the card, help the user to change the display content of the card, and improve the user experience.
  • the second part of the card is deleted, for example: the entire card including the schedule and the The flight information card set is deleted, and the weather clock card is retained. Therefore, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can provide the user with the function of modifying the card, help the user to change the display content of the card, and improve the user experience.
  • the editing screen of the second card is displayed, for example: the first screen of the electronic device Open the app "YOYO" smart assistant, and edit the second card through the "YOYO” smart assistant. Therefore, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can provide the user with the function of modifying the card, help the user to change the display content of the card, and improve the user experience.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device detects that the third card not displayed satisfies the preset condition when the second card is displayed on the second part of the cards, the second part of the cards displays the third card. Therefore, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application can automatically switch the display content of the card, help the user pay attention to the display content of the card in time, and improve user experience.
  • the priority of the multiple cards is a comparison result between time information or location information contained in the multiple cards and current time information or current location information of the electronic device.
  • the above multiple cards may be the first card, the second card and the third card.
  • the comparison result between the included event time information and the current time information of the electronic device may be that the difference between the occurrence times of the first card, the second card and the third card and the current time of the electronic device is less than a preset threshold, For example: the event contained in the third card may include a meeting, the meeting time is 8:30, the current time of the electronic device is 8:20, if the preset threshold is 10 minutes, the second part of the first screen of the electronic device The card shows the third card.
  • the preset condition is an arrangement sequence set for multiple cards when multiple cards are created or modified.
  • the electronic device may display the first card, the second card, and the third card according to the order in which the first card, the second card, and the third card are arranged when the user creates or sets the first card, the second card, and the third card.
  • Second card and third card For example: the user can set the first card, the second card and the third card to be arranged in the order of the first card, the second card and the third card through the electronic device application program "YOYO" smart assistant.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an information display method, which is characterized in that it is applied to an electronic device, the electronic device includes a first screen and a second screen, and the first screen is larger than the second screen, and the first screen can Folding screens, methods include:
  • the first card When the first card is displayed on the second screen, the first operation is detected, and the first card is used to display the first multimedia file in the photo album of the electronic device;
  • a second card corresponding to the first card is displayed on the first screen, and the first multimedia file and the second multimedia file are displayed in the second card.
  • the display mode of the display content in the card can be adjusted according to different screens of the electronic device.
  • the screen currently used by the electronic device is an external screen
  • the card can display a single multimedia file on the external screen of the electronic device , such as: pictures or videos; if the user unfolds the inner screen of the electronic device, the electronic device can adjust the number of multimedia files that can be displayed in the cards in the inner screen according to the size or ratio of the inner screen and the outer screen of the folding screen.
  • the first screen is a foldable screen, and when the first card is displayed on the second screen, the first screen is in a folded state, and the folded state refers to the first card on the first screen.
  • the included angle between the sub-screen and the second sub-screen is smaller than the first preset angle.
  • the first screen may be an inner screen of the electronic device, that is, a screen that can be unfolded and closed;
  • the second screen may be an outer screen of the electronic device.
  • the first sub-screen and the second sub-screen of the first screen can be two display areas of the first screen, and the first sub-screen and the second sub-screen can be axisymmetric; the folded state here can be that the first screen does not display
  • the user interface of the electronic device the angle between the first sub-screen and the second sub-screen is smaller than the first preset angle, when the first screen is folded so that the angle between the first sub-screen and the second sub-screen reaches the first preset angle After angle, the first screen does not display the user interface of the electronic device.
  • the first operation is an operation of expanding the included angle between the first sub-screen and the second sub-screen of the first screen to be greater than a first preset angle.
  • the above-mentioned first operation can be understood as the operation of unfolding the first screen of the electronic device, that is, when the first screen is unfolded so that the angle between the first sub-screen and the second sub-screen reaches the first preset angle After that, the first screen displays the user interface of the electronic device.
  • the first screen and the second screen when the first screen is in the unfolded state, are arranged opposite to each other, and the first screen and the second screen are located on different sides of the electronic device.
  • first card or second card may be understood as a card or a display frame. It should be understood that the user interface where the first card is located can be the main desktop or other desktops, for example: one screen negative, which is not limited in this application.
  • the first card or the second card is used to display at least one of the pictures determined in the photo album of the electronic device or the videos determined in the video library.
  • the first card or the second card can be used to display the gallery of "smart selection" or "designated album".
  • the electronic device when the electronic device detects a touch operation on the first card when the first card displays the first multimedia file, it displays the editing screen of the first multimedia file, for example: in the first When the multimedia file is a picture, the electronic device may open a gallery application program to display the first multimedia file.
  • the method before the first operation is detected, the method further includes: displaying the second multimedia file on the first card after a preset time period.
  • the first card may display the second multimedia file after displaying the first multimedia file.
  • the preset time period may be preset.
  • the preset time period may be 20s. After 20s, the first multimedia file in the first card is switched to the second multimedia file.
  • the second multimedia file is a file in the album whose creation time is earlier than the first multimedia file
  • the second multimedia file is a file displayed after the first multimedia file among the multiple multimedia files recommended by the electronic device.
  • the first multimedia file and the second multimedia file may include time information, and the second multimedia file may be a file created later than the first multimedia file in the electronic device.
  • the first multimedia file and the second multimedia file can be two pictures taken successively by the electronic device; the first multimedia file and the second multimedia file can also include arrangement information, and the second multimedia file
  • the file may be a file arranged after the first multimedia file in the electronic device, for example, the user may designate the second multimedia file to be displayed after the first multimedia file.
  • the first multimedia file is the first picture
  • the second multimedia file is the second picture
  • the second card shows the splicing of the first picture and the second picture
  • Methods also include:
  • the first interface is an interface of a gallery application, and the first interface includes a first picture
  • a second interface is displayed, the second interface is an interface of a gallery application, and the second interface includes a second picture.
  • the first picture and the second picture in the second card may be displayed side by side vertically or side by side to form a third picture.
  • the above-mentioned operation on the first picture or the second picture can be understood as opening an application program for displaying the first picture or the second picture on the first screen of the electronic device.
  • this operation can be understood as the user acting on the first picture Or the click operation of the second picture.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device detects a touch operation on the first picture or the second picture when the second card displays the first picture or the second picture, it displays the gallery including the first picture or the second picture Detailed interface of the application.
  • the first multimedia file is the fourth picture in a group of pictures recommended by the electronic device
  • the second multimedia file is the fourth picture in a group of pictures recommended by the electronic device.
  • Five pictures, the sixth picture obtained by splicing the fourth picture and the fifth picture is displayed in the second card; the first area of the sixth picture shows the fourth picture, and the second area shows the fifth picture;
  • Methods also include:
  • a third interface is displayed, the third interface is an interface of a gallery application, and the third interface includes playback controls;
  • the fourth picture and the fifth picture in the second card may be displayed side by side vertically or side by side to form a sixth picture.
  • the fourth picture and the fifth picture may be the moment pictures saved by the electronic device or the two pictures included in the moment video.
  • the moment pictures or moment videos may be a group of pictures in the gallery application of the electronic device, and are played in the form of video frames in the form of files.
  • the above-mentioned operation on the fourth picture or the fifth picture can be understood as opening an application program on the first screen of the electronic device for playing the moment picture or moment video containing the fourth picture and the fifth picture.
  • this operation can be understood as Indicates the user's click operation on the fourth picture or the fifth picture.
  • the electronic device detects that there is a touch operation on the fourth picture or the fifth picture, and then opens for playing the fourth picture and the fifth picture.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second multimedia file and the third multimedia file are displayed in the second card.
  • the second card may display the second multimedia file and the third multimedia file after displaying the first multimedia file and the second multimedia file.
  • the preset time period can be preset, for example: the preset time period can be 20s, after 20s, the first multimedia file and the second multimedia file in the first card are switched to the second multimedia file body file and a third multimedia file.
  • the method when the first multimedia file and the second multimedia file are displayed in the second card, the method further includes:
  • the first card is displayed on the second screen; the third multimedia file is displayed in the first card.
  • the second operation is an operation of folding an included angle between the first sub-screen and the second sub-screen of the first screen to be smaller than a second preset angle.
  • the second operation above can be understood as the user setting to fold the first screen of the electronic device, and at this time, the second screen of the electronic device displays the user's desktop.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device detects that there is an operation to fold the first screen when the first screen simultaneously displays the second multimedia file and the third multimedia file through the second card, then through the first The card is used to display the third multimedia file.
  • the electronic device After the user closes the first screen of the electronic device, such as the inner screen, the electronic device can display the changed second screen on the first screen through the second screen, such as the outer screen.
  • the third multimedia file in the card that is to say, the electronic device can continue to display the latest displayed third multimedia file on the second screen, and can maintain the continuity of the content displayed in the card.
  • the method when the first multimedia file and the second multimedia file are displayed in the second card, the method further includes:
  • the first screen In response to touch operations on the first multimedia file and the second multimedia file, the first screen displays a second window, and the second window is used to display or edit the first multimedia file and the second multimedia file .
  • the method when the first card is displayed on the second screen, the method further includes:
  • the second area of the first card displays the second multimedia file.
  • the first area and the second area may be display areas occupied by the first multimedia file and the second multimedia file in the first card on the second screen.
  • the first area and the second area may be arranged horizontally or vertically.
  • the above-mentioned touch operation on the first card can be understood as a user operation acting on the border of the first card. Drag and drop operation.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device detects a touch operation on the first card when the first card displays the first multimedia file, it expands the first card so that the first card simultaneously displays the first multimedia file.
  • files and the second multimedia file for example, if the user drags the border on the right side of the first card to the right, the first card can be expanded to the right to display the first multimedia file and the second multimedia file at the same time.
  • the first multimedia file in response to a touch operation on the first card, is displayed in the first area of the first card on the second screen.
  • the above-mentioned touch operation on the first card can be understood as a user operation acting on the border of the first card. Drag and drop operation.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device detects that there is a touch operation on the first card when the first card displays the first multimedia file and the second multimedia file, it shrinks the first card so that the first card Back to displaying the first multimedia file, for example: the user drags the border on the right side of the first card to the left, the first card can be zoomed out to the left, and the display of the first multimedia file returns.
  • the second multimedia file in response to a touch operation on the first card, is displayed in the second area of the first card in the second screen.
  • the above-mentioned touch operation on the first card can be understood as a user operation acting on the border of the first card.
  • this operation can be understood as a user acting on the left border of the first card Drag and drop operation.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device detects a touch operation on the first card when the first card displays the first multimedia file and the second multimedia file at the same time, it shrinks the first card so that the first The card displays the second multimedia file. For example, if the user drags the left border of the first card to the right, the first card can be zoomed out to the right to display the second multimedia file.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first multimedia file is displayed in the third area of the second card in the first screen, and the second multimedia file is displayed in the fourth area of the second card;
  • the first multimedia file is displayed in the third area of the second card in the first screen.
  • the third area and the fourth area may be display areas occupied by the first multimedia file and the second multimedia file in the second card on the first screen.
  • the third area and the fourth area may be arranged horizontally or vertically.
  • the above-mentioned touch operation on the second card can be understood as a user operation acting on the frame of the second card. Drag and drop operation.
  • the electronic device detects a touch operation on the second card when the second card displays the first multimedia file and the second multimedia file, and then shrinks the second card so that the second card Back to displaying the first multimedia file, for example: the user drags the border on the right side of the second card to the left, the first card can be zoomed out to the left, and the display of the first multimedia file returns.
  • the second multimedia file in response to a touch operation on the second card, is displayed in the fourth area of the second card in the first screen.
  • the above-mentioned touch operation on the second card can be understood as a user operation acting on the border of the second card. Drag and drop operation.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device detects a touch operation on the second card when the second card displays the first multimedia file and the second multimedia file at the same time, it shrinks the second card so that the second The card displays the second multimedia file. For example, if the user drags the left border of the second card to the right, the second card can be zoomed out to the right to display the second multimedia file.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an information display method, which is applied to an electronic device.
  • the electronic device includes a first screen and a second screen, and the first screen is larger than the second screen.
  • the method includes:
  • Multiple cards are displayed on the negative screen of the second screen, and the multiple cards are arranged in two columns;
  • the plurality of cards displayed on the second screen are displayed on the first screen, and on the first screen, the plurality of cards are arranged in three columns.
  • multiple cards can be displayed on one negative screen.
  • cards In the negative screen of the second screen, cards can be displayed in two columns and multiple rows; in the negative screen of the first screen, cards can be displayed in three columns and multiple rows, and the above cards can be arranged according to the sorting rules .
  • the method includes:
  • the negative one screen in the second screen displays a first interface including at least a first area, a second area and a third area, the first area and the second area are arranged in sequence from left to right, and the third area is arranged in the first area the lower side of
  • a second interface is displayed on the negative screen of the first screen, and the first area, the second area, and the third area in the second interface are arranged sequentially from left to right;
  • the first area, the second area and the third area display the first card, the second card and the third card respectively;
  • the first screen is a foldable screen
  • the negative screen in the second screen displays the second interface including at least the first area, the second area and the third area
  • the first screen is in a folded state
  • the folded state means that the included angle between the first sub-screen and the second sub-screen of the first screen is smaller than a first preset angle
  • the first operation is an operation of expanding the included angle between the first sub-screen and the second sub-screen of the first screen to be greater than a first preset angle.
  • the first screen and the second screen are arranged opposite to each other, and the first screen and the second screen are located on different sides of the electronic device.
  • the electronic device when arranging cards at the same height in one negative screen, arrange cards from left to right; when arranging cards at different heights in one negative screen, arrange cards from left to right and from top to bottom Arrange the cards.
  • the electronic device can ensure that the cards in the negative one-screen card area of the inner screen are arranged in an orderly manner, and can realize that the cards arranged in the front can be displayed first, and the display resources can be effectively used.
  • the first card and the third card satisfy the first condition, including: a central point of the first card overlaps with any point in the third card.
  • a first interface is displayed on the negative screen of the first screen, and the first interface includes a first area, a second area, a third area and a fourth area;
  • the first area, the second area, and the third area are arranged in order from left to right, and the fourth area is located on the lower side of the first area.
  • the first area, the second area, and the third area respectively display the first card, the second card and the
  • the third card, the first card, the second card and the third card have a first size
  • the fourth area displays a fourth card with a second size
  • the second size is larger than the first size
  • the fourth card and the first card, the second card and the third card meet the first condition, arrange the fourth card in the first area, the second area and the third area, and control the first card, the second card and the third card Three cards move to the fourth area.
  • the first area, the second area and the third area are left and right adjacent and belong to the same row area.
  • the first area, the second area and the third area have the same size. In this way, in the negative one screen, the first card arranged in the first area, the second card arranged in the second area and the third card arranged in the third area are actually arranged at the same height.
  • the first area, the second area, and the third area and the fourth area are adjacent to each other up and down, but they belong to different row areas.
  • the fourth area is located on the lower side of the first area, the second area and the third area, so in the minus one screen, the arrangement height of the fourth card is lower than that of the first card, the second card and the third card.
  • the user can change the arrangement of the cards, that is, change the arrangement order of the cards.
  • the first card, second card, and third card in the negative one screen can be arranged in order from left to right.
  • Four cards are arranged below the first card, the second card and the third card.
  • the electronic device responds to the first drag operation acting on the fourth card, it can control the movement of the fourth card.
  • the finger slides on the display screen, which can be regarded as the first drag operation acting on the fourth card, and in response to this operation, the electronic device can control the fourth card to follow the user.
  • the movement of the contact point between the finger and the display screen realizes the movement of the fourth card.
  • the electronic device receives the first drag operation acting on the fourth card; the electronic device determines that the fourth card is selected; the electronic device controls the movement of the fourth card; during the movement of the fourth card, if the fourth The card and the first card, the second card and the third card meet the first condition, then the electronic device controls the fourth card to exchange positions with the first card, the second card and the third card, that is, the electronic device controls the fourth card Occupy the first area, the second area and the third area; control the first card, the second card and the third card to occupy the fourth area in turn.
  • the above third aspect includes: displaying the first interface on the negative screen of the first screen, and the first interface includes a first area, a second area, a third area, a fourth area and a five regions;
  • the first area, the second area, and the third area are arranged in order from left to right, the fourth area is located on the right side of the first area and the lower side of the second area, and the fifth area is located on the right side of the fourth area and the third area , the first area is used to display the first card with the first size, the second area, the third area, the fourth area and the fifth area are respectively used to display the second card and the third card with the third size , the fourth card and the fifth card, the third size is larger than the first size, the upper edges of the first card, the second card, and the third card are at the same height, and the lower edges of the first card, the fourth card, and the fifth card are at the same height same height.
  • the first area, the second area, and the third area are adjacent to each other on the left and right, and the first area, the fourth area, and the fifth area are adjacent to each other on the left and right.
  • the sizes of the second area, the third area, the fourth area and the fifth area are the same.
  • the second card arranged in the second area and the third card arranged in the third area are actually arranged at the same height; the fourth card arranged in the fourth area and the third card arranged in the row
  • the fifth card arranged in the fifth area is actually arranged at the same height; the upper edge of the first card arranged in the first area and the second card arranged in the second area and the The third card is actually arranged at the same height; the lower edge of the first card and the fourth card and the fifth card are at the same height and the upper edge of the first card and the second card is at the same height as the third card, that is Say, the third size of the first card can be twice the size of the first.
  • the second area, the second area, the fourth area and the fifth area are adjacent to each other up and down, but they belong to different row areas respectively.
  • the first card in response to the first drag operation on the first card, the first card is controlled to move to the second card and the fourth card, if the first card and the second card and If the fourth card satisfies the second condition, the first card is arranged in the second area and the fourth area, and the second card and the fourth card are controlled to move to the first area at the same time.
  • the first card, the second card and the fourth card meet the second condition, including: the edge of the first card crosses the central axis of the second card and the fourth card at the same time.
  • the electronic device receives the first drag operation acting on the first card; the electronic device determines that the first card is selected; the electronic device controls the movement of the first card; during the movement of the first card, if the first If the card, the second card, and the fourth card meet the second condition, the electronic device controls the exchange position of the first card, the second card, and the fourth card, that is, the electronic device controls the first card to occupy the second area and the fourth area ; Control the second card and the fourth card to occupy the first area in turn.
  • the second card in response to the second drag operation on the second card, the second card is controlled to move toward the first card, and if the second card and the first card meet the first condition, then Arrange the second card in the first area, control the movement of the first card to the second area and the fourth area, and control the movement of the fourth card to the first area.
  • the electronic device receives the second drag operation acting on the second card; the electronic device determines that the second card is selected; the electronic device controls the movement of the second card; during the movement of the second card, if the second The card and the first card meet the first condition, then the electronic device controls the exchange position of the first card, the second card and the fourth card, that is, the electronic device controls the second card and the fourth card to occupy the first area; Cards occupy the second and fourth areas.
  • the fourth card in response to the third drag operation on the fourth card, is controlled to move toward the first card, and if the fourth card and the first card meet the first condition, then Arrange the fourth card in the first area, control the movement of the first card to the second area and the fourth area, control the movement of the second card to the third area, and control the movement of the third card to the first area.
  • the electronic device receives the third drag operation acting on the fourth card; the electronic device determines that the fourth card is selected; the electronic device controls the movement of the fourth card; during the movement of the fourth card, if the fourth When the card and the first card meet the first condition, the electronic device controls the fourth card to move to the first area, that is, the electronic device controls the fourth card and the third card to occupy the first area; controls the second card to occupy the third area; The control first card occupies the second area and the fourth area.
  • the third card in response to the fourth drag operation on the third card, the third card is controlled to move toward the first card, and if the third card and the second card meet the first condition, then Arrange the third card in the second area, control the movement of the second card to the third area, if the center point of the third card overlaps with any point in the first card, arrange the third card in the first area, control The first card moves to the second area and the fourth area, and the fourth card is controlled to move to the first area.
  • the electronic device receives the fourth drag operation acting on the third card; the electronic device determines that the third card is selected; the electronic device controls the movement of the third card; during the movement of the third card, if the third If the card and the second card meet the first condition, the electronic device controls the fourth card to move to the second area, that is, the electronic device controls the third card to occupy the second area; controls the second card to occupy the third area; During the moving process, if the third card and the first card meet the first condition, the electronic device controls the third card to move to the first area, that is, the electronic device controls the third card and the fourth card to occupy the first area; A card occupies the second area and the fourth area.
  • the third aspect above includes: displaying the first interface on the negative screen of the first screen, and the first interface includes a first area, a second area, a third area, a fourth area, a Region V and Region VI;
  • the first area, the second area, and the third area are arranged in order from left to right, the fourth area is located on the lower side of the first area, the fifth area is located on the lower side of the second area, and the sixth area is located on the lower side of the third area , the first area, the second area and the third area are respectively used to display the first card, the second card and the third card with the first size, and the fourth area, the fifth area and the sixth area are respectively used to display the card with the first size
  • the fourth card, the fifth card, the sixth card of three sizes, the third size is larger than the first size.
  • the first area, the second area and the third area are left and right adjacent and belong to the same row area; the fourth area, the fifth area and the sixth area are left and right adjacent and belong to the same row area.
  • the first area, the second area and the third area have the same size; the fourth area, the fifth area and the sixth area have the same size.
  • the first card arranged in the first area, the second card arranged in the second area and the third card arranged in the third area are actually arranged at the same height;
  • the fourth card arranged in the fourth area, the fifth card arranged in the fifth area, and the sixth card arranged in the sixth area are actually arranged at the same height;
  • the third size of the fifth card arranged in the fifth area and the sixth card arranged in the sixth area can be the first card arranged in the first area, the second card arranged in the second area and the third card arranged in the third area
  • the third card is twice the size of the first.
  • control the movement of the fourth card to the first card In response to the first drag operation for the fourth card, control the movement of the fourth card to the first card, if the fourth card and the first card meet the first condition, arrange the fourth card in the first area, and control the movement of the fourth card to the first card.
  • One card moves to the second area, the second card moves to the third area, the third card moves to the fifth area, the fifth card moves to the sixth area; the sixth card moves to the fourth area, the first card and the fourth
  • the upper edges of the cards are at the same height, the lower edges of the third and fourth cards are at the same height, and the upper edges of the third and fifth cards are at the same height.
  • the electronic device receives the first drag operation acting on the fourth card; the electronic device determines that the fourth card is selected; the electronic device controls the movement of the fourth card; during the movement of the fourth card, if the fourth The card and the first card meet the first condition, then the electronic device controls the fourth card to move to the first area, that is, the electronic device controls the fourth card to occupy the first area; controls the first card to move to the second area, that is, Control the first card to occupy the second area; control the second card to move to the third area, that is, the electronic device controls the second card to occupy the third area; control the third card to move to the fifth area, that is, the electronic device controls the second card to occupy the third area; Three cards occupy the fifth area; control the fifth card to move to the sixth area, that is, the electronic device controls the fifth card to occupy the sixth area, and controls the sixth card to move to the fourth area, that is, the electronic device controls the sixth card Occupy the fourth area.
  • the fourth card in response to the second drag operation on the fourth card, the fourth card is controlled to move to the second card, and if the fourth card and the second card meet the first condition, then Arrange the fourth card in the second area, control the second card to move to the third area, the third card to move to the first area, the fifth card to move to the sixth area; the sixth card to move to the fourth area, the first
  • the upper edges of the card and the fourth card are at the same height
  • the lower edges of the third card and the fourth card are at the same height
  • the upper edges of the third card and the fifth card are at the same height.
  • the electronic device receives the second drag operation acting on the fourth card; the electronic device determines that the fourth card is selected; the electronic device controls the movement of the fourth card; during the movement of the fourth card, if the fourth The card and the second card meet the first condition, then the electronic device controls the fourth card to move to the second area, that is, the electronic device controls the fourth card to occupy the second area; controls the second card to move to the third area, that is, The electronic device controls the second card to occupy the third area; controls the third card to move to the fourth area, that is, the electronic device controls the third card to occupy the fourth area; controls the fifth card to move to the sixth area, that is, the electronic device The fifth card is controlled to occupy the sixth area, and the sixth card is controlled to move to the fourth area, that is, the electronic device controls the sixth card to occupy the fourth area.
  • the fifth card in response to the third drag operation on the fifth card, is controlled to move to the second card, and if the fifth card and the second card meet the first condition, then Arrange the fifth card in the second area, control the second card to move to the third area, the third card to move to the first area, the fourth card to move to the sixth area; the sixth card to move to the fourth area, the first
  • the upper edges of the card and the fifth card are at the same height, the lower edges of the third card and the fifth card are at the same height, and the upper edges of the third card and the fourth card are at the same height.
  • the electronic device receives the third drag operation acting on the fifth card; the electronic device determines that the fifth card is selected; the electronic device controls the movement of the fifth card; during the movement of the fifth card, if the fifth The card and the second card meet the first condition, then the electronic device controls the fifth card to move to the second area, that is, the electronic device controls the fifth card to occupy the second area; controls the second card to move to the third area, that is, The electronic device controls the second card to occupy the third area; controls the third card to move to the fourth area, that is, the electronic device controls the third card to occupy the fourth area; controls the fourth card to move to the sixth area, that is, the electronic device The fourth card is controlled to occupy the sixth area, and the sixth card is controlled to move to the fourth area, that is, the electronic device controls the sixth card to occupy the fourth area.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a readable medium, on which instructions are stored, and when the instructions are executed on the electronic equipment, the electronic equipment executes the information display methods of the first aspect, the second aspect and the third aspect .
  • the embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including:
  • memory for storing instructions to be executed by one or more processors of the electronic device
  • the processor is one of the processors of the electronic device, configured to execute the information display methods of the first aspect, the second aspect and the third aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, including: a non-volatile computer-readable storage medium, the non-volatile computer-readable storage medium contains a program for executing the first aspect, the second aspect, and the third aspect.
  • Aspect information display method computer program code is included in a sixth aspect.
  • Figure 1a to Figure 1c are schematic diagrams of a set of user interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of an electronic device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a software structure of an electronic device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic flow diagram of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 5a to 5d are schematic diagrams of a group of user interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 6a to 6d are schematic diagrams of a set of user interfaces responsive to user operations provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS. 7a to 7c are schematic diagrams of a group of user interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS. 8a to 8e are schematic diagrams of a group of user interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 9a to 9e are schematic diagrams of a group of user interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 10a to 10d are schematic diagrams of a group of user interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 11a to 11c are schematic diagrams of a group of user interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 12a to Fig. 12b are schematic diagrams of a negative one-screen user interface of a group of electronic devices provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 13 is a schematic flow chart of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • 14a to 14b are schematic diagrams of a group of user interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 15a to 15d are schematic diagrams of a group of user interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 16a to 16d are schematic diagrams of a group of user interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 17a to 17h are schematic diagrams of a group of user interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 18a to 18b are schematic diagrams of a group of user interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 19 is a schematic diagram of a desktop card area provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 20 is a schematic diagram of a desktop card area provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 21 is a schematic flow diagram of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • 22a to 22c are schematic diagrams of a group of user interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 23a to 23c are schematic diagrams of a group of user interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 24a to 24c are schematic diagrams of a group of user interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 25a to 25c are schematic diagrams of a group of user interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 26 is a schematic flow diagram of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 27a to 27c are schematic diagrams of a group of user interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 28a to 28c are schematic diagrams of a group of user interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 29a to 29c are schematic diagrams of a set of user interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • 30a to 30b are schematic diagrams of a group of user interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • first and second are used for descriptive purposes only, and cannot be understood as implying or implying relative importance or implicitly specifying the quantity of indicated technical features. Therefore, the features defined as “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, the “multiple” The meaning is two or more.
  • the term "event” included in the embodiment of the present application may be data generated by an application program of an electronic device, or a push message subscribed by a user. For example: meetings recorded by users through event reminder applications, flights scheduled by life service applications, work schedules or exercise plans formulated by sports and health applications, or events that are automatically arranged by electronic devices without user operation, such as , a weather event generated by a weather forecast application.
  • the above-mentioned application program may be a system application program, or a third-party application program, or a microservice registered by the electronic device through the cloud server.
  • the event may also have corresponding event information, such as the type of event, the name of the event, the time of occurrence, or may also include the location of the event.
  • the type of event is used to distinguish events and can include: schedule, travel, weather clock, etc. It can be understood that the type of the event may correspond to the application program of the electronic device that generates the event.
  • the conference event can include the conference name, the conference time including the start time and end time, and the conference location, etc., wherein, when the When the meeting is online, the location of the meeting may not be included.
  • a travel event may include a travel name, a travel time, and a travel location, wherein the travel location may include a departure place and a destination.
  • the term "desktop card” included in the embodiment of the present application may be a display area on the screen of an electronic device, that is, a content display form on the screen, used to display events, that is, data of an application program, which may be Make up for the inability of the application to display the data that users care about in time.
  • the desktop card is often located in a more eye-catching position on the screen of the electronic device.
  • the electronic device can display the events that the user wants to know at any time through the desktop card. For example, if the user has booked a meeting for the day, the desktop card can display the meeting of the day .
  • the desktop card can include visual interface elements such as text, icons, buttons, menus, tabs, text boxes, dialog boxes, status bars, navigation bars, widgets, and pictures. It can be understood that multiple desktop cards can be stacked one after another to form a desktop card set, and the user can switch and display different desktop cards by performing operations on the desktop cards. It can be understood that the electronic device may set a corresponding desktop card for each type of event, for displaying event information corresponding to the event.
  • the desktop card here can also specifically refer to the YOYO suggested desktop card.
  • the user can set the YOYO suggested desktop card through the application program "YOYO" smart assistant installed on the electronic device. Multiple YOYO suggested desktop cards can be The YOYO suggested desktop card set is displayed on the screen of the electronic device by means of stacking.
  • FIG. 1a to FIG. 1c exemplarily show that the electronic device 100 displays a user interface including desktop cards corresponding to events on the desktops of the outer screen and the inner screen.
  • the user interface 110 is the desktop of the external screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • a desktop card 101 of a weather clock is displayed in the user interface 110 .
  • the desktop card 101 of the weather clock displays current time information and weather information, for example: the current time is "08:00" in the morning, and the weather information is "cloudy” and so on.
  • the user interface 110 also displays icons of other application programs, such as "Gallery”, and commonly used application program icons, such as "Phone".
  • the electronic device 100 in the user interface 110 as shown in FIG. 1a receives the user’s operation of sliding down on the desktop card 101, in response to the operation, the electronic device 100 displays the external screen of the electronic device 100 as shown in FIG. 1b
  • a desktop card 102 of a schedule is displayed in the user interface 120 . That is to say, the desktop card 101 of the weather clock and the desktop card 102 of the schedule can be stacked and displayed in the user interface 110 and the user interface 120 in the form of a desktop card set.
  • the desktop card 102 of the schedule shows that there are meetings to be attended by the user, such as the "UI Design Discussion" at 08:30-09:30, and the "Meeting Minutes of the Personal Affairs Center” starting at 09:30.
  • the size of the scheduled table card 102 is limited, and the bottom of the schedule table card 102 will display "There are two other schedules", and the user can click the schedule table card 102 to further view the specific meeting, which will not be described here.
  • the electronic device 100 displays the user interface 130 of the inner screen of the electronic device 100 shown in Figure 1c, and the cards displayed in the user interface 130 are the cards corresponding to the outer screen
  • the desktop card 102 of the schedule wherein the positions of the desktop card 102 of the schedule, icons of other application programs, and frequently-used application programs will be adjusted according to the size or proportion of the inner screen. For example: the space between the calendar and meeting information displayed in the desktop card 102 of the schedule will be enlarged.
  • Fig. 1a to Fig. 1c only exemplarily show the user interface 110 of the outer screen and the user interface 120 of the inner screen of the electronic device 100, which should not be construed as limiting the embodiment of the present application.
  • the electronic device can adjust the display mode of the desktop card according to the size or ratio of the inner screen.
  • the events displayed in the desktop card are often the content that the user pays more attention to, or the content that has an important impact on the user's life and work.
  • the event in the desktop card can be a meeting arranged by the user through a conference application; or a flight booked by the user through a life service application; or an event automatically arranged by the electronic device without user operation, for example: Weather events generated in weather forecasting applications.
  • the display mode of the desktop card set including multiple desktop cards will not be adjusted according to the size or proportion of the screen of the electronic device, which affects the user experience.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for displaying a desktop card of an electronic device.
  • the electronic device can adjust the display mode of the desktop cards on different screens of the electronic device according to preset display rules. If the screen currently used by the electronic device is an external screen, the electronic device can display multiple desktop cards on the external screen. Cards, multiple desktop cards can be displayed in the form of a stacked desktop card set; if the user unfolds the inner screen of the electronic device, the electronic device can adjust the size or ratio of the inner screen and the outer screen of the folding screen.
  • the display method of desktop cards for example: display multiple desktop cards on the inner screen by tiling; if the user performs the operation of changing the desktop cards on the inner screen and closes the inner screen, the electronic device can be displayed on the outer screen The desktop card the user last changed. At the same time, after a period of time, the electronic device can also automatically sort the desktop cards according to the priority of the desktop cards, and display the desktop cards with higher priority.
  • the priority here can be determined according to the events contained in the desktop card, such as: time information, location information, etc.; the priority can also be the YOYO suggestion sequence set by the application "YOYO" smart assistant for the desktop card,
  • YOYO suggested sequence can be the display sequence of multiple desktop cards in the desktop card set.
  • the electronic device can follow the preset display rules, such as: the electronic device can display according to the size of the inner screen and the outer screen Or scale, change the display mode of the desktop cards in the inner screen, and display multiple desktop cards on the inner screen at the same time; after the electronic device switches from the inner screen to the outer screen, the electronic device can display the last changed desktop card on the outer screen.
  • the inner screen of the electronic device can display more desktop cards, and when the user adjusts the desktop cards and closes the inner screen to use the outer screen, the outer screen It can display the event information in the last adjusted desktop card to improve user experience.
  • the electronic device 100 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wearable device, a vehicle-mounted device, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR)/virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device, a notebook computer, an ultra-mobile personal computer (ultra-mobile personal computer, UMPC), netbook, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA) and other devices with display screens, the embodiments of the present application do not impose any restrictions on the specific types of electronic devices.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of an example of an electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • an electronic device such as a mobile phone
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 280 may include sensors such as pressure sensor, gyroscope sensor, air pressure sensor, magnetic sensor, acceleration sensor, distance sensor, proximity light sensor, fingerprint sensor, temperature sensor, touch sensor and ambient light sensor.
  • sensors such as pressure sensor, gyroscope sensor, air pressure sensor, magnetic sensor, acceleration sensor, distance sensor, proximity light sensor, fingerprint sensor, temperature sensor, touch sensor and ambient light sensor.
  • the structure shown in this embodiment does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device.
  • the electronic device may include more or fewer components than shown, or combine certain components, or separate certain components, or arrange different components.
  • the illustrated components can be realized in hardware, software or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 210 may include one or more processing units, for example: the processor 210 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural network processor (neural-network processing unit, NPU) wait. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
  • application processor application processor, AP
  • modem processor graphics processing unit
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • image signal processor image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller memory
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • baseband processor baseband processor
  • neural network processor neural-network processing unit, NPU
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 210 for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in processor 210 is a cache memory.
  • the memory may hold instructions or data that the processor 210 has just used or recycled. If the processor 210 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided, and the waiting time of the processor 210 is reduced, thereby improving the efficiency of the system.
  • processor 210 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (mobile industry processor interface, MIPI), general-purpose input and output (general-purpose input/output, GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (subscriber identity module, SIM) interface, and /or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transmitter
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input and output
  • subscriber identity module subscriber identity module
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the interface connection relationship among the modules shown in this embodiment is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device.
  • the electronic device may also adopt different interface connection methods in the above embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection methods.
  • the electronic device realizes the display function through the GPU, the display screen 294, and the application processor.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 294 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • Processor 210 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or alter display information.
  • the display screen 294 is used to display images, videos and the like.
  • the display screen 294 includes a display panel.
  • the electronic device can realize the shooting function through ISP, camera 293 , video codec, GPU, display screen 294 and application processor.
  • the ISP is used for processing the data fed back by the camera 293 .
  • Camera 293 is used to capture still images or video.
  • the electronic device may include 1 or N cameras 293, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the external memory interface 220 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 210 through the external memory interface 220 to implement a data storage function. Such as saving music, video and other files in the external memory card.
  • the internal memory 221 may be used to store computer-executable program codes including instructions.
  • the processor 210 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 221 .
  • the processor 210 may execute instructions stored in the internal memory 221, and the internal memory 221 may include a program storage area and a data storage area.
  • the stored program area can store an operating system, at least one application program required by a function (such as a sound playing function, an image playing function, etc.) and the like.
  • the storage data area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the electronic device.
  • the internal memory 221 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (universal flash storage, UFS) and the like.
  • the structure shown in the embodiment of the present application does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device.
  • the electronic device may include more or fewer components than shown in the illustrations, or combine certain components, or separate certain components, or arrange different components.
  • the illustrated components can be realized in hardware, software or a combination of software and hardware.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of the software structure of the electronic device 100 according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Layers communicate through software interfaces.
  • the Android system is divided into four layers, which are respectively the application program layer, the application program framework layer, the Android runtime (Android runtime) and the system library, and the kernel layer from top to bottom.
  • the application layer can consist of a series of application packages.
  • the application package may include applications such as camera, scheduler, smart travel, calendar, weather, memo, life service, and online meeting.
  • the user can set the application program, and the electronic device generates an event through the application program package in response to the user's setting.
  • the display method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below based on the schematic flowchart of the method shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the method shown in FIG. 4 may be implemented by the processor of the electronic device 100 executing related instructions.
  • the display method may include the following steps:
  • S401 The electronic device 100 sets a desktop card.
  • the desktop cards can be applied to the external screen and the internal screen of the electronic device 100, and each desktop card can display one type of event, that is, data of one application program.
  • the user can set the desktop card through the application program of the electronic device 100 .
  • the application program is "YOYO" smart assistant as an example to introduce the embodiment of the electronic device 100 provided by the embodiment of the present application in which the desktop card is set.
  • FIG. 5A-FIG. 5d exemplarily illustrate the operation of setting a desktop card received by the electronic device 100 from a user input.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive the user's operation on the setting icon in the user interface 510 shown in FIG. Interface 520.
  • FIG. 5 b exemplarily shows a user interface 520 displayed by the electronic device 100 .
  • the user interface 520 displays setting options, such as an option 521 of the "YOYO" smart assistant, and a "more” control 522 corresponding to the "YOYO” smart assistant.
  • setting options such as an option 521 of the "YOYO" smart assistant, and a "more” control 522 corresponding to the "YOYO” smart assistant.
  • other options such as application, battery, storage, etc., and more control controls corresponding to each option may also be displayed.
  • the electronic device 100 receives the user's operation on the "more" control 522 in the user interface 520, in response to the operation, the electronic device 100 displays the user interface 530 shown in FIG. 5c.
  • FIG. 5 c exemplarily shows a user interface 530 displayed by the electronic device 100 .
  • the user interface 530 displays a series of function options provided by the "YOYO" smart assistant, such as the YOYO suggestion option 531, the "more” control 532 corresponding to the YOYO suggestion, and other options such as smart voice and auxiliary vision , smart screen recognition, scene intelligence, smart search, etc., and the "more” controls corresponding to each option.
  • the electronic device 100 receives the user's operation on the "more” control 532 in the user interface 530, and in response to the operation, the electronic device 100 displays the user interface 540 shown in FIG. 5d.
  • the user interface 540 displays a switch control 541 corresponding to the YOYO suggestion, and a list of events provided by the YOYO suggestion, such as schedule, flight information and sports information.
  • the schedule, flight information and sports information correspond to a switch control 542 , a switch control 543 and a switch control 544 respectively.
  • the electronic device receives the user input event information through the application program to generate an event.
  • the electronic device can set the desktop card corresponding to the event. For example, when the electronic device receives that the user has recorded a meeting through a memo application program and booked a flight through a life service application program, the electronic device can respectively set schedule and flight information desktop cards.
  • an example of a user-generated event in the embodiment of the present application is introduced by taking a user through a schedule application program and a smart travel application program as examples.
  • Fig. 6a-Fig. 6d exemplarily show the user's operation of adding an event in the schedule application program
  • Fig. 6c- Fig. 6d exemplarily show the user's operation of adding an event in the smart travel application program.
  • the electronic device 100 when the electronic device 100 receives the user’s operation on the schedule application icon in the user interface 610 shown in FIG. 6a, in response to the operation, the electronic device 100 displays the schedule shown in FIG. 6b.
  • the user interface 620 is a page to be edited for creating a new schedule.
  • the user interface 620 may include a cancel icon 621, a confirm icon 622, page titles such as new schedule, title entry, location entry, time entry, etc.
  • the cancel icon 621 can be used to close the page to be edited
  • the confirm icon 622 can be used to confirm the edited conference event.
  • the title entry can be used to receive the title of the conference event input by the user
  • the location entry can be used to receive the occurrence location of the conference event input by the user
  • the time entry can be used to receive the start and end time of the conference event input by the user.
  • the electronic device 100 can also receive the user's Acting on the operation of the confirm icon 622 , in response to the operation, the electronic device 100 receives a conference event edited by the user, that is, a conference event added by the user in the schedule, in the scheduling application program of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 when the electronic device 100 receives the user's operation on the smart travel application icon in the user interface 610 shown in Figure 6c, in response to the operation, the electronic device 100 displays the smart travel program shown in Figure 6d
  • the user interface 630 provided by the application.
  • the user interface 610 shown in FIG. 6c is the same as the user interface 610 shown in FIG. 6a above, and the text description of the user interface 610 in FIG. 6a is also applicable to the user interface 610 shown in FIG. 6c.
  • the user interface 630 displays information 631 related to "air ticket from Beijing to Shenzhen", such as flight number, departure time, departure location, landing time, landing location, aircraft model, etc., and a reservation control 632 .
  • the schedule application program of the electronic device 100 receives the to-do event edited by the user, that is, the user edits the to-do event in the schedule. Events added in .
  • Fig. 6a-Fig. 6d only exemplarily show the user interface for the user to add events in the schedule application program and the smart travel application program, and should not be construed as a limitation to the present application.
  • the events displayed on the desktop card are events automatically arranged by the electronic device without user operation, for example: weather events and calendar events generated in the weather and calendar application programs of the electronic device.
  • S402 The electronic device 100 displays the desktop card on the external screen.
  • the electronic device 100 can display a user interface through the outer screen, and when the application program of the electronic device 100 generates an event as shown in FIGS. 6a-6d, the electronic device 100
  • the desktop card containing the event of the application program may be displayed in the user interface of the external screen according to the display rule corresponding to the external screen.
  • the events displayed on the desktop card may be events generated after the user inputs event information through the application program.
  • the electronic device 100 may generate and display a desktop card containing the scheduled event; or, when After the electronic device 100 receives the user's operation of booking a flight by inputting flight information in the smart travel application, the electronic device 100 may generate and display a desktop card containing flight events.
  • the electronic device 100 displaying the desktop card containing the event of the application program in the user interface of the external screen according to the display rule corresponding to the external screen may include the following situations.
  • the electronic device 100 when the electronic device 100 generates a plurality of desktop cards to form a desktop card set, the electronic device 100 can display the desktop card set in a stacked manner in the user interface of the external screen, and the user can click on the The desktop cards perform gesture operations to switch between different desktop cards.
  • Fig. 7a-Fig. 7c Fig. 7a-Fig. 7c exemplarily show the operation performed by the user on the desktop card set of the external screen of the electronic device 100.
  • the user interface 710 displays the desktop card 101 of the weather clock.
  • the desktop card 101 of the weather clock may be a default desktop card in the desktop card set set by the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 When the electronic device 100 receives an operation of sliding down on the desktop card 101 of the weather clock by the user in the user interface 710 shown in FIG. 7 a , in response to the operation, the electronic device 100 displays the user interface 720 shown in FIG. 7 b , the desktop card 102 of schedule is displayed in the user interface 720 .
  • the electronic device 100 when the electronic device 100 receives an operation of sliding down on the desktop card 102 of the schedule by the user in the user interface 720 shown in FIG. 7b, in response to the operation, the electronic device 100 displays the As shown in the user interface 730, the desktop card 103 displaying flight information in the user interface 730.
  • the electronic device 100 may set the desktop card of the weather clock as the default displayed desktop card in the desktop card set.
  • the electronic device 100 may also switch and display different desktop cards in the desktop card set based on the event information contained in the desktop card set. .
  • a way for the electronic device 100 to switch and display different desktop cards in the desktop card set may be that the electronic device 100 detects the occurrence time of the event, that is, compares the occurrence time of each event included in the desktop card set with the electronic device 100 records the current time, if the electronic device 100 determines that there is a time difference between the occurrence time of a target event and the current time is less than or equal to the preset time threshold, such as: 30 minutes, then the electronic device 100 can switch the display to include The desktop card for the target event.
  • the desktop card of the schedule includes an event named "UI Design Scheme Discussion", the time is "8:30-9:30", and the meeting place is "Beijing Building".
  • the electronic device 100 obtains the "UI Design Scheme Discussion"
  • the occurrence time of the "event is 8:30, if the current time is 8:00, and the preset time threshold is 30 minutes, the electronic device 100 compares the occurrence time with the current time, and then determines "UI Design Scheme Discussion”
  • the time difference between the time of occurrence of the event and the current time is equal to the preset time threshold of 30 minutes, and the electronic device 100 can switch the desktop card that displays the schedule in the desktop card collection, for example: the default desktop card in the desktop card collection, that is, The desktop card of the weather clock is switched to the desktop card of the schedule.
  • the operation for the user to unfold the inner screen of the electronic device 100 may be that the user keeps the outer screen of the electronic device 100 displaying a user interface including desktop cards and unfolds the inner screen of the electronic device. After the user unfolds the inner screen of the electronic device 100, the electronic The device 100 can display the user interface through the inner screen, and the electronic device 100 can display desktop cards containing application events in the user interface of the inner screen based on the size or ratio of the inner screen and the outer screen, and according to the display rules corresponding to the inner screen. .
  • the electronic device 100 displays the desktop card containing the event of the application program in the user interface of the inner screen may include the following situations.
  • the ratio of the size of the inner screen to the size of the outer screen is close to 2:1.
  • the electronic device 100 can divide the first desktop card set into a first part of the desktop card set and a second part of the desktop card set, and display them simultaneously in the user interface of the inner screen The first part of the tabletop card set and the second part of the tabletop card set.
  • the first part of the desktop card set may only include one desktop card, which is always displayed, and the second part of the desktop card set may include one or more desktop cards and be displayed in a stacked manner.
  • the first part of the desktop card set and the second part of the desktop card set can be displayed side by side on the desktop of the inner screen.
  • the desktop cards in the first part of the desktop card set can be default desktop cards, for example: the default desktop cards can be the desktop cards of the weather clock.
  • the desktop card in the first set of desktop cards is the desktop card of the weather clock
  • the second The default desktop card of some desktop card sets can be: the desktop card with higher priority among the cards in the first desktop card set except the desktop card of the weather clock, for example: the table card containing the schedule of the upcoming meeting information or the table card containing A desktop card with flight information for an upcoming flight. If the second part of the desktop card set includes multiple cards, the second part of the desktop card set can be arranged on the desktop of the inner screen according to the priority order recommended by YOYO.
  • the second desktop card can be the first desktop card set except the first desktop card.
  • the card with the highest priority other than the cards may not be the card with the highest priority other than the first desktop card, which is not limited in this application.
  • the default desktop cards displayed in the second part of the desktop cards may be consistent with the second desktop cards displayed before the user unfolds the inner screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • the desktop card in the first desktop card set is the desktop card of the schedule
  • the first desktop card in the user interface of the inner screen of the electronic device 100 The default desk card for the two-part desk card set is the schedule desk card.
  • FIG. 8A-FIG. 8e exemplarily illustrate an embodiment of a desktop card set displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100.
  • FIG. 8 a exemplarily shows a user interface 810 displayed on an external screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • the desktop card 101 of the weather clock is displayed in the user interface 810 .
  • the inner screen of the electronic device 100 displays a user interface 820 .
  • the first part of the desktop card set can be displayed side by side with the second part of the desktop card set, wherein the first part of the desktop card set can only include the weather clock desktop card 101 of the weather clock, and the electronic device 100 can set the desktop card 101 of the weather clock as a fixed display, that is, the user cannot perform gesture operations on the desktop card 101 of the weather clock to switch the desktop cards;
  • the second part of the desktop card set can be passed Displayed in a stacked manner, as shown in FIG. 8b, the second part of the desktop card set displays the desktop card 102 of the schedule, and the desktop card 102 of the schedule can be a desktop card with a higher priority in the desktop card set of the first desktop card set.
  • the electronic device 100 When the electronic device 100 receives an operation of sliding down on the desktop card 101 of the weather clock by the user in the user interface 810 shown in FIG. 8c, in response to the operation, the electronic device 100 displays the user interface 830 shown in FIG. 8d , the desktop card 103 displaying flight information in the user interface 830 .
  • the inner screen of the electronic device 100 displays a user interface 840, as shown in FIG. 8e.
  • the first part of the desktop card set displays the desktop card 101 of the weather clock; the second part of the desktop card set displays the desktop card 103 of the flight information by default.
  • the user can perform a gesture operation on the second part of the desktop card set to switch and display different desktop cards; the electronic device 100 can respond to the user's operation on the second part of the desktop card set in the inner screen , to change the desktop card displayed in the inner screen.
  • Fig. 9a-Fig. 9e exemplarily show an embodiment in which the electronic device 100 switches the desktop cards in response to the operation performed by the user on the desktop card set displayed on the inner screen.
  • the electronic device 100 in the user interface 910 shown in FIG. 9a receives the user’s operation of sliding down on the desktop card 102 of the schedule, in response to the operation, the electronic device 100 displays the user interface 920 shown in FIG. 9b , the desktop card 103 displaying flight information in the user interface 920 .
  • the electronic device 100 when the electronic device 100 receives an operation of sliding left on the desktop card 102 of the schedule by the user in the user interface 910 shown in FIG. Deleting the desktop card 102 of the schedule in some desktop card sets.
  • the electronic device 100 displays a user interface 930 shown in FIG. 9 b , and the user interface 930 displays a desktop card 103 of flight information.
  • the process of sliding the desktop card 102 of the above-mentioned schedule to the left may include: the desktop card 102 of the schedule slides to the left and enters below the desktop card 101 of the weather clock, and then leaves from the second part of the desktop cards.
  • the desktop card 101 of the weather clock remains displayed all the time, that is to say, when the desktop card 102 of the schedule slides to the left and enters below the desktop card 101 of the weather clock, the electronic device 100 can set the desktop card 101 of the weather clock as a mask.
  • the user interface of the electronic device 100 may also pop up a prompt to confirm whether to delete the desktop card 102 of the schedule, as shown in FIG. 9e As shown, the electronic device 100 may delete the schedule desktop card 102 from the second part of the desktop card set in response to the user's confirmation operation.
  • the electronic device 100 when the electronic device 100 receives an operation of long pressing on the desktop card 102 of the schedule by the user in the user interface 910 shown in FIG. 9d, in response to the operation, the electronic device 100 displays the The user interface 940 shown in the user interface 940 shows a delete this card control 941, a YOYO suggestion option 942 and a remove card collection control 943.
  • the electronic device 100 When the electronic device 100 receives the user's operation to delete the card control 941 in the user interface 940, in response to the operation, the electronic device 100 deletes the desktop card 102 of the schedule from the second part of the desktop card set, and the electronic device 100 displays In the user interface 920 shown in FIG. 9 b , the desktop card 103 of flight information is displayed in the user interface 920 .
  • the electronic device 100 When the electronic device 100 receives the user's operation on the YOYO suggestion option 942 in the user interface 930, in response to the operation, the electronic device 100 displays the user interface 540 as shown in FIG. 5d, and the user can turn on/off the desktop corresponding to the event. Cards, reset the desktop card set.
  • the electronic device 100 When the electronic device 100 receives the user's operation on the remove card set control 943 in the user interface 940, in response to the operation, the electronic device 100 removes the second part of the desktop card set from the user's desktop on the inner screen.
  • the electronic device 100 when the user interface on the inner screen of the electronic device 100 displays the first part of the desktop card set and the second part of the desktop card set, the electronic device 100 can also be based on the second part of the desktop card set.
  • the event information contained in the card set switches and displays different desktop cards in the second part of the desktop card set, that is to say, the electronic device 100 can also switch the second part of the desktop by itself according to the priority order of the event information contained in the second part of the desktop card set.
  • the priority order of the event information here can be determined according to the time information, location information and importance degree information corresponding to the event information.
  • Fig. 10a-Fig. 10b exemplarily show an embodiment in which the electronic device 100 switches by itself.
  • the electronic device 100 displays a user interface 1010 on the outer screen, and the user interface 1010 displays a desktop card 101 of a weather clock.
  • the desktop card 101 of the weather clock can be the default desktop card in the desktop card collection set by the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 displays the user interface 1020 shown in FIG. 10b, the user interface 1020 displays the desktop card 102 of the schedule, and the desktop card 102 of the schedule prompts the user to arrange the meeting held at "8:30-9:30".
  • the electronic device 100 when the electronic device 100 detects that the user has reserved a vehicle through the smart travel application program, and the current location information of the electronic device 100 (such as: GPS information (Global Positioning System, Global Positioning System) changes towards the direction of the airport, the electronic device 100 can determine that the user is currently going to the airport by car, and the electronic device 100 can display the desktop card 103 of flight information in the desktop card set of the user interface.
  • the events contained in the desktop cards in the desktop card set have all ended or within a preset time period , and no new events are generated, the desktop card set of the user interface of the electronic device 100 can also be switched back to the desktop card 101 of the weather clock.
  • the electronic device 100 shown in Figures 10a-10b can switch the desktop cards in the desktop card set according to the priority order of the event information contained in the desktop card set in the external screen, and can also be applied to the electronic device 100.
  • the second part of the desktop card set in the screen can switch the desktop cards in the desktop card set according to the priority order of the event information contained in the desktop card set in the external screen, and can also be applied to the electronic device 100.
  • the second part of the desktop card set in the screen can switch the desktop cards in the desktop card set according to the priority order of the event information contained in the desktop card set in the external screen, and can also be applied to the electronic device 100.
  • the second part of the desktop card set in the screen can switch the desktop cards in the desktop card set according to the priority order of the event information contained in the desktop card set in the external screen, and can also be applied to the electronic device 100.
  • the second part of the desktop card set in the screen can switch the desktop cards in the desktop card set according to the priority order of the event information contained in the desktop card set in
  • the electronic device 100 only generates a desktop card including a weather clock, that is, the user does not generate any events through the application program of the electronic device 100, or the user closes all events through the YOYO suggestion option , or, the user removes the desktop card set in the user interface of the electronic device 100, then the electronic device 100 can display the weather clock in the user interface of the external screen or the internal screen by means of a weather clock widget.
  • the background of the weather clock displayed in the form of widgets may be consistent with the user interface.
  • Fig. 10c-Fig. 10d exemplarily show an embodiment of a weather clock displayed by the electronic device 100 through a weather clock widget.
  • the electronic device 100 displays a user interface 1030 of an external screen
  • the electronic device 100 displays a user interface 1040 of an external screen.
  • the background of the weather clock widget is consistent with the background of the user interface, and each component in the weather clock widget also conforms to the size of the user interface.
  • the operation of the user closing the inner screen of the electronic device 100 may be that the user keeps the inner screen of the electronic device 100 displaying a user interface including desktop cards, and then closes the inner screen of the electronic device; when the user closes the inner screen of the electronic device 100 again, After the screen, the electronic device 100 can display the user interface through the external screen, and display the desktop card containing the event of the application program in the user interface of the external screen according to the display rule corresponding to the external screen again.
  • the electronic device 100 displays the desktop card containing the event of the application program in the user interface of the external screen may further include the following situations.
  • the user interface of the outer screen of the electronic device 100 may display the desktop card of the above event.
  • the second part of the desktop card set is stacked and displayed in order of priority
  • the first part of the desktop card set and the first part of the desktop card set are displayed in a stack on the outer screen.
  • the electronic devices can still be stacked and displayed on the external screen according to the priority order of the first part of the desktop card set and the second part of the desktop card set.
  • the highest priority card can be either the weather card from the first part of the tabletop set or the card from the second part of the tabletop set.
  • the card displayed on the top layer of the second part of the desktop card set is the second Cards other than the cards with the highest priority in some desktop card sets.
  • the second part of the desktop card set includes card a, card b, and card c.
  • Card a has the highest priority.
  • the second part of the desktop card set is on the top Displayed card b.
  • the top layer displays card b, that is, before folding, the second part of the desktop card set Sets the topmost displayed card.
  • FIG. 11 a - FIG. 11 c exemplarily illustrate an embodiment of a desktop card set displayed on an external screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • FIG. 11 a exemplarily shows a user interface 1110 displayed on an inner screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • the first part of the desktop card set in the user interface 1110 displays the desktop card 101 of the weather clock
  • the second part of the desktop card set displays the desktop card 102 of the schedule.
  • the electronic device 100 in the user interface 1110 shown in Figure 11a receives the user's action of sliding down on the desktop card 102 of the schedule, in response to the operation, the electronic device 100 displays the user interface 1120 shown in Figure 11b
  • the first part of the desktop card set in the user interface 1120 displays the desktop card 101 of the weather clock
  • the second part of the desktop card set displays the desktop card 103 of flight information.
  • the outer screen of the electronic device 100 displays a user interface 1130
  • the desktop card 103 of flight information is displayed in the user interface 1130 .
  • the electronic device 100 when the electronic device 100 displays the user's desktop through the external screen, the electronic device 100 can still respond to the user's gesture operation on the desktop card set as described in step S402, or based on the desktop card set contains event information, switch to display different desktop cards in the desktop card set.
  • the electronic device may also use the method for displaying desktop cards described in FIG. 4 to display the desktop cards in the user interface on the negative screen.
  • FIG. 12A-FIG. 12B exemplarily show an embodiment in which the internal screen of the electronic device 100 displays the desktop cards in the negative screen.
  • FIG. 12a exemplarily shows a user interface 1210 displayed on an external screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • the user interface 1210 is a negative screen of the outer screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • a function shortcut entry area 1211 and a desktop card area 1212 are displayed in the user interface 1210 .
  • the function shortcut entry area 1211 may include at least one function entry icon, such as a scan icon, a payment code icon, and a health code icon.
  • the desktop card area 1212 may include multiple desktop cards, and the desktop cards are used to display events that the user wants to know at any time. For example, a meeting whose start time is due; a courier in transit; a flight already booked; the current weather, clock, and calendar, etc. As shown in FIG. 12 a , desktop cards 1213 are displayed in the desktop card area 1212 .
  • the desktop card 1213 may be a desktop card of flight information.
  • the inner screen of the electronic device 100 displays a user interface 1220 . Since the size of the inner screen is larger than the size of the outer screen, for example: close to 2:1, in the user interface 1220, the electronic device 100 can divide the desktop card set into a first part of the desktop card set and a second part of the desktop card set, wherein, The first part of the desktop card set may only include the desktop card 1214 of the weather clock, and the electronic device 100 may set the desktop card 1214 of the weather clock as a fixed display, that is, the user cannot perform gesture operations on the desktop card 1214 of the weather clock to switch desktops Cards; the second part of the desktop card set shows the desktop card 1213 of flight information, and the desktop card 1213 of flight information can be the desktop card arranged behind the desktop card 1213 of the weather clock in the first desktop card set.
  • the desktop card in the user interface can be used to display events generated by the application, for example: the desktop card displays the meeting generated by the user through the scheduling application.
  • the desktop card may also be used to display pictures, for example, pictures saved in a gallery of an electronic device.
  • the electronic device can adjust the display mode of the picture in the desktop card according to the size or proportion of the inner screen, for example: when the electronic device displays pictures through the desktop card, when the user expands the electronic Behind the inner screen of the device, the picture in the desktop card will be stretched, making the picture uncoordinated and affecting the user experience.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for displaying a desktop card of an electronic device.
  • the electronic device can adjust the display mode of the display content in the desktop card on different screens of the electronic device according to preset display rules.
  • the electronic device can The desktop card can display a single picture; if the user unfolds the inner screen of the electronic device, the electronic device can adjust the display mode of the display content in the desktop card in the inner screen according to the size or ratio of the inner screen and the outer screen of the folding screen , for example: display multiple pictures on the desktop card by tiling, another example: display a single picture obtained by cutting and splicing multiple pictures on the desktop card; After operating the display content of the card and closing the inner screen, the electronic device can display the last changed display content of the user on the desktop card in the outer screen.
  • the desktop card displaying the picture may be a desktop card that the user adds to the user interface of the electronic device to display pictures in the gallery, and the desktop card may be fixed on the user interface instead of according to the application program of the electronic device Generated events, desktop cards that display event information on the UI.
  • the process of adding a desktop card displaying a picture on the user interface of the electronic device may be that, when the electronic device displays the user interface of the desktop, the user can perform a two-finger pinching operation on the user interface , in response to the two-finger pinching operation, the user interface can display widgets.
  • the widgets have the option of "Gallery”.
  • the desktop card performs a long-press operation, and in response to the long-press operation of the desktop card in the gallery, the electronic device can edit the form of the desktop card and the displayed picture.
  • the desktop card of the gallery provided by the embodiment of the present application is applicable to the gallery of "smart collection” or "designated album", and “smart collection” can be a picture display service or picture display function provided by the electronic device, or That is, the electronic device can automatically select a plurality of pictures from the gallery for sequential display on the desktop, and add pictures to the desktop card in real time according to preset rules for sequential display.
  • the "designated photo album” may mean that after the user selects a photo album in the gallery of the electronic device, the electronic device will sequentially display all the pictures in the photo album selected by the user on the desktop card.
  • the electronic device 100 displays a desktop card containing a picture on an external screen.
  • the electronic device 100 can display a user interface through the outer screen, and the electronic device 100 can display desktop cards containing pictures on the user interface of the outer screen according to the display rules corresponding to the outer screen. Quantity can be one or more. Moreover, the electronic device 100 can switch between different pictures displayed in the desktop card. Referring to FIG. 14a- FIG. 14b, FIG. 14a-FIG. 14b exemplarily show the operations performed by the user on the desktop card on the outer screen of the electronic device 100. Referring to FIG.
  • the desktop card in the user interface 1410 displays the first picture 104 .
  • the first picture 104 may be a default picture set by the gallery application program of the electronic device 100, or the first picture 104 may be a picture that the user is currently browsing.
  • the electronic device 100 When the electronic device 100 receives the user's click operation on the desktop card displaying the first picture 104 in the user interface 1410 as shown in FIG. full image of .
  • the electronic device 100 can also refresh the picture in the desktop card of the user interface on the external screen based on a preset refresh threshold, such as: 5 seconds, as shown in FIG.
  • the desktop card in the interface 1420 is refreshed to display the second picture 105 , and the second picture 105 may be a picture arranged after the first picture 104 set by the gallery application program of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 can display the user interface through the inner screen, and the electronic device 100 can display the user interface based on the size or ratio of the inner screen and the outer screen, and according to the display rules corresponding to the inner screen.
  • a desktop card containing an image is displayed in the user interface.
  • the electronic device 100 displaying the desktop card containing the picture on the user interface of the inner screen according to the display rule corresponding to the inner screen may include the following situations.
  • the electronic device 100 can display a desktop card in the user interface of the inner screen.
  • the ratio between the size of the desktop card in the inner screen of the electronic device 100 and the size of the desktop card in the outer screen of the electronic device 100 can satisfy the ratio of the size of the inner screen to the size of the outer screen, for example: electronic device The ratio between the size of the table cards in the inner screen of the electronic device 100 and the size of the table cards in the outer screen of the electronic device 100 may be close to 2:1.
  • the desktop card in the inner screen of the electronic device 100 can display two pictures at the same time, that is, the first picture and the second picture, and the first picture and the second picture can be arranged in parallel.
  • the desktop card in the inner screen of the electronic device 100 may also display only one picture, and the picture may be obtained by cutting and splicing the first picture and the second picture.
  • FIG. 15A-FIG. 15C exemplarily show an embodiment of a desktop card displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100.
  • FIG. 15 a exemplarily shows a user interface 1510 displayed on an external screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • the desktop card in the user interface 1510 displays the first picture 104 .
  • the inner screen of the electronic device 100 displays a user interface 1520 . Since the size ratio of the inner screen and the outer screen is close to 2:1, in the user interface 1520, the desktop card can display the first picture 104 and the first picture 105, and the first picture 104 and the first picture 105 can be displayed side by side in parallel,
  • the first picture 105 may be a picture arranged after the first picture 104 set by the gallery application program of the electronic device 100 .
  • the desktop card may also display a picture obtained by cutting and splicing the first picture 104 and the first picture 105 .
  • the electronic device 100 can open the A gallery application that displays a full image of the first picture 104 or the second picture 105 .
  • the electronic device 100 may also refresh the picture in the desktop card of the user interface on the external screen based on a preset refresh threshold, such as 5 seconds, as shown in FIG. 15c. After 5 seconds, the electronic device 100 displays the user interface 1530, and the user The desktop cards in the interface 1530 are refreshed to display the third picture 106 and the fourth picture 107 .
  • the third picture 106 and the fourth picture 107 may be pictures arranged after the second picture 105 set by the gallery application program of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 can display the user interface through the outer screen, and display desktop cards containing pictures on the user interface of the outer screen again according to the display rules corresponding to the outer screen.
  • the electronic device 100 displaying the desktop card containing the picture in the user interface of the external screen according to the display rule corresponding to the external screen may further include the following situations.
  • FIG. 15c-FIG. 15d exemplarily illustrate an embodiment of a desktop card displayed on the external screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • FIG. 15c exemplarily shows a user interface 1530 displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • the desktop card in the user interface 1530 displays the third picture 106 and the fourth picture 107 .
  • the outer screen of the electronic device 100 displays a user interface 1540 in which a desktop card including the fourth picture 107 is displayed.
  • the fourth picture 107 here may be a picture arranged after the third picture 106 set by the gallery application program of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device may also respond to the operation of displaying a picture specified by the user, and always display the specified picture on the external screen and the internal screen of the electronic device, that is, in After the user unfolds the inner screen, the electronic device always displays the specified picture on the inner screen, and after the user closes the inner screen, the electronic device always displays the specified picture on the outer screen.
  • the picture displayed by the electronic device through the desktop card may also be a picture contained in a designated album in the electronic device.
  • the designated album here means that the picture refreshed in the desktop card is a picture in a photo album in the electronic device designated by the user.
  • the electronic device can make full use of the display area of the inner screen, display more pictures through multiple desktop cards, and After the inner screen is installed, the outer screen of the electronic device can display the latest picture switched and displayed by the gallery application, which improves the user experience.
  • the desktop card in addition to displaying pictures in the gallery, can also be used to display a picture in a group of recommended pictures. In order to distinguish it from the above pictures, it can be called a moment picture or a moment video.
  • the desktop card When displaying the pictures at the moment, the first playback control and the identification of the group of pictures may also be displayed.
  • the group of pictures here may be a partial picture selected from the pictures saved in the gallery application program of the electronic device, and the identification of the group of pictures may be used to indicate the subject of the group of pictures, and the identification may be based on time, place, Events, etc., for example, if the electronic device detects multiple pictures generated during the Spring Festival, the electronic device can recommend some or all of the pictures from the multiple pictures as the above-mentioned set of pictures, and display one of them on the desktop card picture, and display the first play control and the logo "Happy Chinese New Year" for this group of pictures.
  • the electronic device may display a playback interface of the playback moment picture or moment video.
  • a second playback control may be included, and in response to the user clicking the second playback control, the electronic device may play the video composed of the above-mentioned group of pictures.
  • the electronic device can arrange multiple pictures in a preset order to generate a video, so that when the user clicks the second playback control, the electronic device can display the multiple pictures in the form of video frames.
  • 16a-16d exemplarily show embodiments of desktop cards on the outer screen and the inner screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • FIG. 16a exemplarily shows a user interface 1610 displayed on an external screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • the desktop card in the user interface 1610 displays the fourth picture 107 contained in the time picture.
  • the desktop card in the user interface 1610 can also include a play icon 1611 and the name of the time picture, such as: outdoor sports and the current date.
  • the user may click on the play icon 1611 or the user may also click on an area outside the play icon 1611.
  • the electronic device 100 may open the playing time picture 108 of the video playing program on the user interface 1620 .
  • the inner screen of the electronic device 100 displays a user interface 1630 .
  • the desktop card can simultaneously display the first picture 104 and the fourth picture 107 contained in the time picture and the name of the time picture, such as: outdoor sports and the current date, and also display the first play control, such as a play icon 1611.
  • the electronic device 100 receives a click operation on any position of the desktop card by the user in the user interface 1630 as shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 16d which exemplarily shows a user interface 1640 displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100
  • the electronic device 100 can play the moment picture 108 in the user interface 1640 .
  • the width and height of the desktop card in the user interface of the electronic device can also be adjusted, and the electronic device can According to the height and width of the desktop card, adjust the width and height of the picture so that the width and height of the picture meet the smaller of the height and width of the desktop card, and then the electronic device will adjust the width or height of the picture independently, for example: The width or height of the picture is cut or stretched, so that the width or height of the picture meets the larger of the height and width of the desktop card.
  • FIG. 17a-FIG. 17c exemplarily show an embodiment of a desktop card on the outer screen of the electronic device 100.
  • FIG. 17a exemplarily shows a user interface 1710 displayed on an external screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • the desktop card in the user interface 1710 displays the first picture 104. It can be seen that the height of the desktop card in the user interface 1710 is smaller than the width.
  • the electronic device 100 will first adjust the width of the first picture 104 and height, for example: the electronic device 100 firstly adjusts the height of the first picture 104 to be consistent with the height of the desktop card in the user interface 1710 through proportional scaling, and then the electronic device 100 stretches the width of the first picture 104 to Stretching, so that the width and height of the first picture 104 meet the width and height of the desktop card in the user interface 1710, resulting in the width of the first picture 104 is too wide, affecting the appearance of the first picture 104.
  • the electronic device can obtain the width and height of the desktop cards in the user interface, and if the ratio between the width and height of the desktop cards reaches a preset ratio threshold, multiple desktop cards can be displayed in the user interface. Picture, which makes the picture in the desktop card more beautiful.
  • FIG. 17b exemplarily shows a user interface 1720 displayed on an external screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may acquire the width and height of the desktop cards in the user interface 1720, and the electronic device 100 determines that the ratio between the width and height of the desktop cards in the user interface 1720 is, for example: the width and height of the desktop cards reach a preset
  • the ratio threshold is 3:1. If the preset ratio threshold is 2:1, the electronic device 100 can simultaneously display the first picture 104 and the second picture 105 in parallel on the desktop card in the user interface 1720 .
  • the preset ratio threshold can also be 1:2, that is, if the electronic device 100 determines that the width and height of the desktop cards in the user interface 1720 reach the preset ratio threshold of 1:2, the electronic device 100 can display the ratio between the user interface 1720 and 1:2. In the desktop card in the interface 1720, the first picture 104 and the second picture 105 are displayed vertically at the same time.
  • the electronic device can also respond to the user's operation of adjusting the width and height of the desktop cards in the user interface, and the electronic device can adjust the width and height of the desktop cards in the user interface in real time. Change the number and position of images displayed in the desktop card in the user interface.
  • FIG. 17c exemplarily shows a user interface 1730 displayed on an external screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 displays a user interface 1730 , on the user interface 1730 , the user can drag the outer frame of the table card on the user interface 1730 to adjust the ratio between the width and height of the table card. For example: the user adjusts the ratio between the width and height of the desktop card in the user interface 1730 to 1:2, if the preset ratio threshold is also 1:2, the electronic device 100 can be in the desktop card in the user interface 1720, The first picture 104 and the second picture 105 are displayed vertically at the same time.
  • the electronic device if the electronic device responds to the user's operation of adjusting the width and height of the desktop cards in the user interface, the electronic device can also change the desktop cards in the user interface in real time according to the direction of the user's operation. The number and location of the pictures are shown in .
  • FIG. 17d-FIG. 17h exemplarily illustrate an embodiment of a desktop card on the outer screen of the electronic device 100.
  • FIG. 17d-FIG. 17h exemplarily illustrate an embodiment of a desktop card on the outer screen of the electronic device 100.
  • FIG. 17 d exemplarily shows a user interface 1740 displayed on the external screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 displays a user interface 1740
  • the desktop card in the user interface 1740 displays the first picture 104 .
  • the user can drag the frame of the desktop card in the user interface 1740 to adjust the ratio between the width and height of the desktop card, and change the number and position of the pictures displayed in the desktop card in the user interface. For example: after the user drags the frame of the desktop card of the user interface 1740 to the right, as shown in FIG. 17 e , the electronic device 100 displays the user interface 1750 .
  • a desktop card including a first picture 104 and a second picture 105 is displayed on the user interface 1750, and the first picture 104 and the second picture 105 may be arranged in parallel.
  • the electronic device 100 displays a user interface 1760 .
  • a desktop card including the first picture 104 is displayed on the user interface 1760 .
  • the user drags the left frame of the desktop card in the user interface 1770 to the right, that is, after the user drags the frame on the right side of the desktop card to stretch the desktop card, and then drags it to the right.
  • the outer frame on the left side of the stretched desktop card makes the desktop card shrink, as shown in FIG. 17h , and the electronic device 100 displays a user interface 1780 .
  • a desktop card including the first picture 105 is displayed in the user interface 1780 .
  • the electronic device can determine the picture that needs to be kept and displayed in the desktop card according to the direction of the user's operation on the desktop card in the user interface.
  • the electronic device displays the desktop card in the user interface of the desktop, and the following uses the example of the electronic device displaying the desktop card in the user interface of one screen negative to introduce the embodiment of the present application Provided display method.
  • the negative screen here can be the leftmost split screen of the electronic device, and the negative screen can be used to display events, pictures, etc.
  • the event here can be the data generated by the user through the application of the electronic device, or the user subscribes push notifications, etc.
  • the above events can be presented in the form of desktop cards.
  • FIG. 18a to FIG. 18b exemplarily illustrate the user interface of the desktop card displayed on the negative screen of the outer screen and the inner screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • the user interface 1810 is a negative screen of the outer screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • a function shortcut entry area 1811 and a desktop card area 1812 are displayed in the user interface 1810 .
  • the function shortcut entry area 1811 may include at least one function entry icon, such as a scan icon, a payment code icon, and a health code icon.
  • the function entry icon corresponds to the specified function of the application program.
  • the electronic device 100 receives an operation on the function entry icon, the corresponding function can be activated.
  • the code scanning function can be enabled.
  • the desktop card area 1812 may include multiple desktop cards, and the desktop cards are used to display events that the user wants to know at any time. For example, a meeting whose start time is due; a courier in transit; a flight already booked; the current weather, clock, and calendar, etc. As shown in FIG. 18 a , the table card area 1812 displays a table card 1813 , a table card 1814 , a table card 1815 , a table card 1816 , a table card 1817 , a table card 1818 , a table card 1819 and a table card 1820 .
  • the sorting rule is used to indicate the sorting order of multiple desktop cards in one negative screen.
  • the sorting order can be determined according to the creation time and priority of the desktop cards, for example, the sorting rule can be from left to right and from top to bottom according to the creation time and priority of the desktop cards. It can be understood that the user can also make adjustments independently.
  • the desktop cards are mainly sorted by creation time. If multiple desktop cards with the same creation time appear at the same time, they can be arranged according to the priority of the multiple desktop cards. Afterwards, if the electronic device receives an operation indicating to adjust the sorting of the table cards, the electronic device may adjust the sorting order among the existing desktop cards in response to the operation.
  • the inner screen of the electronic device 100 displays a user interface 1820 , which is the negative screen of the inner screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • a function shortcut entry area 1821 and a desktop card area 1822 are displayed in the user interface 1820 . Due to the different sizes of the inner screen and the outer screen of the electronic device 100, the number of icons in the function shortcut entry area 1821 is different from the number of icons in the function shortcut entry area 1811;
  • the arrangement order of the table cards in the area 1812 is the same, but the arrangement style of the table cards in the table card area 1822 is different from the arrangement style of the table cards in the table card area 1812 .
  • the size of some desktop cards in the desktop card area 1822 may also be different from the size of the desktop cards in the desktop card area 1812 .
  • the table card 1820 in the table card area 1812 and the table card 1820 in the table card area 1822 are the same table card, but the width of the table card 1820 in the table card area 1812 is greater than that of the table card 1820 in the table card area 1822 width.
  • the table cards in the table card area 1812 are arranged in two columns, while the table cards in the table card area 1822 are arranged in three columns.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for displaying desktop cards of an electronic device, which is used to manage the arrangement of desktop cards and improve user experience of using desktop cards.
  • FIG. 19 exemplarily shows a desktop card area 1822 of one negative screen displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 arranges the table cards in the table card area 1822 from left to right and from top to bottom according to the arrangement order.
  • the sorting rule from left to right is prior to the sorting rule from top to bottom, that is, compared to the lower right display area, the electronic device can arrange the cards in the upper left display area first.
  • “up”, “down”, “left”, and “right” in FIG. 19 may be directions determined by taking the desktop card area 1822 as a reference.
  • table card 1813 , table card 1814 , table card 1815 , table card 1816 , table card 1817 , table card 1818 , table card 1819 and table card 1820 are arranged in sequence.
  • the electronic device can arrange the desktop cards 1813 on the upper left side of the desktop card area 1822 .
  • the right side of the table card 1813, that is, the upper right side of the table card area 1822, is also sufficient for arranging the table card 1814 and the table card 1815. In this way, the electronic device can arrange the desktop cards 1814 and 1815 on the upper right side of the desktop card area 1822 .
  • the electronic device can arrange the desktop card 1816 and the desktop card 1817 on the right side of the desktop card 1813, that is, the electronic device can place the desktop card 1816 on the right side of the desktop card 1813.
  • Cards 1816 and table cards 1817 are arranged on the lower side of table cards 1814 and table cards 1815 .
  • the electronic device can arrange the desktop card 1818 on the lower side of the desktop card 1813 , and arrange the desktop card 1819 on the right side of the desktop card 1818 . Because the width of the desktop card 1820 is greater than the width of the arrangement area on the right side of the desktop card 1819, the electronic device cannot arrange the desktop card 1820 on the right side of the desktop card 1819, and the electronic device can arrange the desktop card 1820 on the desktop card 1818 and the desktop card 1818. The underside of the desktop card 1819.
  • various types of desktop cards can be arranged in the table card area 1822 , such as S-type cards, M-type cards and L-type cards.
  • the size of the M-type card is about twice that of the S-type card.
  • the display area occupied by two S-shaped cards spliced without spacing is the same size as that occupied by the M-shaped cards.
  • the L-shaped card is about three times the size of the M-shaped card.
  • the desktop card 1814 and the desktop card 1815 in the desktop card area 1822 are all S-type cards; L-shaped card.
  • the electronic device 100 can also arrange different types of desktop cards according to the sorting rules from left to right and from top to bottom.
  • XL-shaped cards may also be arranged in the desktop card area 1822 , and the size of the XL-shaped cards is about twice the size of the L-shaped cards.
  • the S-type card can be a card with a height of 1 and a length of 2 (that is, a 1*2 size), and an M-type card can be a card with a height of 2 and a length of 2 (that is, a 2*2 size). size), the L-type card is a card with a height of 2 and a length of 6 (that is, 2*6 size); the XL-type card is a card with a height of 4 and a length of 6 (that is, a 4*6 size).
  • FIG. 20 exemplarily shows that the electronic device 100 arranges different types of desktop cards in the negative one-screen desktop card area 1822 displayed on the inner screen according to the sorting rules from left to right and from top to bottom. example of .
  • table card types and different numbers are used to refer to different table cards.
  • S1 is used to refer to the desktop card 1814
  • the card desktop card 1814 is an S-shaped card
  • S2 is used to refer to the desktop card 1815, which is an S-shaped card
  • M1 is used to refer to the desktop card 1813
  • the card desktop card 1813 is an M-type card.
  • M2 is used to refer to the desktop card 1816, and the desktop card 1816 is an M-type card.
  • M3 is used to refer to the desktop card 1817, and the desktop card 1817 is an M-shaped card.
  • M4 is used to refer to the desktop card 1818, and the desktop card 1818 is an M-shaped card.
  • M5 is used to refer to the desktop card 1819, and the desktop card 1819 is an M-type card.
  • L1 is used to refer to the desktop card 1820, which is an L-shaped card.
  • the order of arrangement among the cards on the table is marked with serial numbers.
  • the smaller the serial number corresponding to the table card the higher the arrangement position of the table card is.
  • the desktop card 1813 is marked with (M1, 1).
  • Card 1815 , table card 1816 , table card 1817 , table card 1818 , table card 1819 and table card 1820 are arranged first.
  • the table card 1814 is marked with (S1, 2).
  • the S1 in the mark refers to the table card 1814, and the serial number 2 in the mark indicates that the table card 1814 is arranged in the second position.
  • the table card 1815 is marked with (S2, 3), the S2 in the mark refers to the table card 1815, and the serial number 3 in the mark indicates that the table card 1815 is arranged in the third position.
  • the table card 1816 is marked with (M2, 4).
  • the M2 in the mark refers to the table card 1816, and the serial number 4 in the mark indicates that the table card 1816 is arranged in the fourth position.
  • the table card 1817 is marked with (M3, 5).
  • the M3 in the mark refers to the table card 1817, and the serial number 5 in the mark indicates that the table card 1817 is arranged at the fifth position.
  • the table card 1818 is marked with (M4, 6).
  • the M4 in the mark refers to the table card 1818, and the serial number 6 in the mark indicates that the table card 1818 is arranged in the sixth position.
  • the table card 1819 is marked with (M5, 7).
  • the M5 in the mark refers to the table card 1819, and the serial number 7 in the mark indicates that the table card 1819 is arranged at the seventh position.
  • the table card 1820 is marked with (L1, 8).
  • the L1 in the mark refers to the table card 1820, and the serial number 8 in the mark indicates that the table card 1820 is arranged at the eighth position.
  • the electronic device 100 can follow the sorting rules from left to right and from top to bottom, and then according to the arrangement order of each table card, that is, the creation time and priority of the table card, ensure that Each desktop card can be arranged in the desktop card area 1822 of one negative screen displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • (M1, 1) is ranked first.
  • the electronic device may first determine the arrangement position of M1.
  • the entire desktop card area 1822 belongs to the arrangement area of M1.
  • the electronic device determines the arrangement position of M1 in the table card area 1822 according to the ordering rules from left to right and from top to bottom. For example, the electronic device may determine that M1 is arranged on the upper left side of the table card area 1822 , so that M1 is adjacent to the left edge and the upper edge of the table card area 1822 .
  • the electronic device continues to determine the arrangement position of (S1, 2).
  • both the arrangement area on the right side of M1 and the arrangement area on the bottom side of M1 can accommodate S1, that is to say, both belong to the arrangement area of S1.
  • the electronic device preferentially arranges S1 in the arrangement area on the right side of M1.
  • S1 and M1 are arranged horizontally in the desktop card area 1822 , that is, the upper edges of S1 and M1 are at the same height.
  • both the arrangement area on the right side of S1 and the arrangement area below S1 can accommodate S2, and the electronic device preferentially arranges S2 in the arrangement area on the right side of S1 according to the sorting rules.
  • S2 and S1 are arranged horizontally in the desktop card area 1822 , that is, the upper edges of S1 and S2 are at the same height.
  • both the arrangement area on the right side of M1 and the arrangement area on the lower side of M1 can accommodate M2, and the electronic device preferentially arranges M2 in the arrangement area on the right side of M1 according to the sorting rules.
  • M2 and M1 are arranged horizontally in the desktop card area 1822 , the upper edges of M1 and M2 are not at the same height, and the upper edge of M2 is aligned with the lower edge of S1 .
  • both the arrangement area on the right side of M2 and the arrangement area below S2 can accommodate M2, and the electronic device preferentially arranges M3 in the arrangement area on the right side of M2 according to the sorting rules.
  • M3 and M2 are arranged horizontally in the desktop card area 1822 , the upper edges of M1 and M2 are at the same height, and the upper edge of M3 is aligned with the lower edge of S2.
  • the arrangement area on the lower side of M1 can accommodate M4, and the electronic device preferentially arranges M4 in the arrangement area on the lower side of M1 according to the sorting rules.
  • M4 and M1 are vertically arranged in the desktop card area 1822, and the upper edge of M4 is aligned with the lower edge of M1.
  • M5 and M4 are arranged horizontally in the desktop card area 1822 , the upper edges of M5 and M4 are not at the same height, and the upper edge of M5 is aligned with the lower edge of M2.
  • L1, 8 the L-shaped tabletop cards are large in size and cannot be arranged horizontally with other types of tabletop cards.
  • L1 is arranged on the lower side of M5, and the upper edge of L1 is close to the lower edge of M5.
  • L1, M4 and M3 there are arrangement areas where other types of desktop cards can be arranged.
  • the electronic device can ensure that the desktop cards in the negative one-screen desktop card area 1822 displayed on the inner screen are arranged in an orderly manner, and can realize that the desktop cards arranged in front can be displayed first, which can be effectively used. Show resources.
  • the electronic device after the electronic device receives the operation on the desktop cards, it also adjusts the arrangement of the desktop cards in response to the operation on the desktop cards.
  • the operations on the table cards may include adding a table card, deleting a table card, and adjusting the arrangement position of the table cards, etc.
  • the method for displaying desktop cards provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below based on the schematic flowchart of the method shown in FIG. 21 .
  • the method shown in FIG. 21 may be implemented by the processor of the electronic device 100 executing related instructions.
  • the display method may include the following steps:
  • the operation of adding a desktop card may be an operation performed by the user on the negative screen displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100.
  • the operation of adding a desktop card may be the user creating an application corresponding to the electronic device 100 The operation of the desktop card.
  • FIG. 22a-FIG. 22c exemplarily illustrate an embodiment of a desktop card displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100.
  • FIG. 22a exemplarily shows a user interface 2210 displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • the user interface 2210 may be a negative screen displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100, and the user interface 2210 includes a control 2211 for opening the desktop card adding interface.
  • the electronic device 100 receives the user's operation on the control 2211, such as a click operation, as shown in FIG.
  • the electronic device 100 receives a user's operation on the control 2221, such as a click operation, as shown in FIG. 22a
  • the internal screen of the electronic device 100 displays the user interface 2210 again.
  • S2102 The electronic device 100 creates a target desktop card in response to the operation of adding a desktop card.
  • the user interface 2220 lists the types of desktop cards that can be added and have been added, and an adding control 2222 .
  • the electronic device 100 receives the user's operation on the control 2222, such as a click operation, as shown in FIG. card.
  • the electronic device 100 may determine an arrangement order between the target desktop card and existing desktop cards in the desktop card area 1822 displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • FIG. 23a-FIG. 23c exemplarily show an embodiment of arranging desktop cards in the desktop card area 1822 displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100.
  • the target desktop card 1823 is an L-shaped card.
  • the display space on the right side of M5 cannot accommodate the target desktop card 1823, so the electronic device 100 can arrange the cards on the lower side of M5.
  • the electronic device 100 labels the target desktop card 1823 as (L1, 8).
  • the target desktop card 1823 is an M-shaped card.
  • the arrangement area on the right side of M5 can accommodate the target table card 1823
  • the arrangement area on the lower side of M4 can also accommodate the target table card 1823 .
  • the electronic device can determine to arrange the target desktop card 1823 on the right side of M5, and arrange it horizontally with M5.
  • the electronic device 100 labels the target desktop card 1823 as (M6, 8).
  • the target desktop card 1823 is an S-shaped card.
  • the arrangement area on the right side of M5 can accommodate the target table card 1823
  • the arrangement area on the lower side of M4 can also accommodate the target table card 1823 .
  • the electronic device 100 may determine to arrange the target desktop cards 1823 on the right side of M5 according to the ordering rules from left to right and from top to bottom, and arrange them horizontally with M5.
  • the electronic device 100 labels the target desktop card 1823 as (S3, 8).
  • the electronic device 100 may also receive an operation of deleting a desktop card.
  • the operation of deleting desktop cards may be an operation performed by the user on the negative screen displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100.
  • the operation of deleting desktop cards may be that the user deletes an existing desktop on the negative screen displayed on the internal screen of the electronic device 100. The operation of the card.
  • FIG. 24a-FIG. 24c exemplarily show an embodiment of a desktop card displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100.
  • FIG. 24a exemplarily shows a user interface 2410 displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100, and the user interface 2410 may be one screen negative.
  • the user interface 2420 displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100 displays an operation window 2421 in the user interface 2420, wherein the operation window 2421 lists Action options such as: Discover, Introduce, More Cards, and Remove.
  • the electronic device 100 may delete the desktop card 1818 .
  • the desktop card 1818 can be deleted, that is, the electronic device 100 can cancel the display of the desktop card 1818 in the desktop card area 1822.
  • the electronic device 100 can rearrange the table cards as required. In this way, the display resources of the electronic device 100 can be effectively utilized.
  • FIG. 25a-FIG. 25c exemplarily show an embodiment of arranging desktop cards in the desktop card area 1822 displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may cancel the display of L1 in the desktop card area 1822 displayed on the inner screen. Since there are no other desktop cards after the desktop card 1820 (L1, 8), the electronic device 100 can keep the arrangement order of other desktop cards unchanged.
  • the electronic device 100 may cancel the display of M1 in the desktop card area 1822 displayed on the inner screen.
  • S1 is the sequential card of M1, and the size of S1 is smaller than that of M1, that is, the original arrangement area of M1 can accommodate S1.
  • the electronic device 100 arranges S1 , S2 , M2 , M3 , M4 , M5 and L1 sequentially according to the sorting rules from left to right and from top to bottom.
  • the electronic device 100 may cancel the display of S1 in the desktop card area 1822 displayed on the inner screen.
  • S2 is the sequential card of S1 and has the same size as S1, that is, the original arrangement area of S1 can accommodate S2.
  • the electronic device 100 arranges M1 , S2 , M2 , M3 , M4 , M5 and L1 sequentially according to the sorting rules from left to right and from top to bottom.
  • the electronic device 100 may also receive an operation of adjusting the desktop card.
  • the operation of adjusting the desktop cards may be an operation performed by the user on the negative screen displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100.
  • the operation of adjusting the desktop cards may be that the user adjusts the existing desktop in the negative screen displayed on the internal screen of the electronic device 100.
  • the operation of the arrangement position of the card may be an operation performed by the user on the negative screen displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100.
  • the method for displaying desktop cards provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below based on the schematic flowchart of the method shown in FIG. 26 .
  • the method shown in FIG. 26 may be implemented by the processor of the electronic device 100 executing related instructions.
  • FIG. 27a-FIG. 27c exemplarily show an embodiment of arranging desktop cards in the desktop card area 1822 displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100.
  • FIG. 27 a exemplarily shows a desktop card area 1822 displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100 , where the desktop card 1818 is a desktop card in the desktop card area 1822 .
  • the above-mentioned operation of adjusting the desktop card can be an action of instructing the movement of the desktop card 1818, as shown in Figure 27b.
  • the operation of adjusting the desktop card can be that after the user's finger touches the display screen, press and hold the desktop card 1818 (M4), and the finger drives the desktop card 1818 (M4) moves to the upper right, and the desktop card 1818 (M4) moves to the position of the desktop card 1816 (M2).
  • S2603 During the moving process of the target table card, when the electronic device 100 detects that the preset condition is satisfied between the target table card and other table cards, adjust the arrangement order of the target table card and other table cards.
  • the electronic device 100 determines a new arrangement order of the table cards in the table card area 1822, wherein the table card 1818 (M4) is arranged before the table card 1816 (M2), and the table card 1816 (M2) and the table card 1817 (M3) ) moves backwards in turn.
  • the preset conditions described in FIG. 26 may include at least one of the following.
  • Preset condition 1 During the movement of the desktop card, the current desktop card moves to the target position, and the desktop cards between the current desktop card and the target position (including the desktop card at the target position) follow from left to right, from top to bottom Under Sorting Rules, adjust the sorting order of the desktop cards.
  • Precondition 2 In the process of table card movement, if the table card needs to cross the row area or column area formed by other table cards, when the table card moves to the row area or column area, the table card can be adjusted to form the row area or column area. The arrangement order of some desktop cards in the row area or column area, and then adjust the arrangement order of the table cards according to the target position of the table cards.
  • Precondition 3 During the movement of the larger desktop card, if there are multiple smaller desktop cards at the target position of the larger desktop card, that is, the larger desktop card will be connected to multiple sizes. If the smaller desktop cards trigger sorting at the same time, multiple smaller desktop cards are taken as a whole, and the sorting order of the desktop cards is adjusted together with the larger desktop cards.
  • Preset condition 4 During the movement of the table cards, three smaller table cards formed in a row area and one larger table card formed in a row area trigger sorting at the same time, then the table cards in the row area are sorted. The three table cards with a smaller size are taken as a whole, and together with one table card with a larger size forming a row area, the arrangement order of the table cards is adjusted.
  • the following uses a plurality of embodiments of the present application to introduce a schematic diagram of a scenario in which the arrangement order of the table cards is adjusted according to preset conditions during the movement of different types of table cards.
  • FIG. 28A-FIG. 28C exemplarily illustrate an embodiment in which the electronic device 100 adjusts the arrangement order of the desktop cards in the desktop card area 2810 displayed on the inner screen.
  • FIG. 28a exemplarily shows the desktop card area 2810 displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100, wherein, in the desktop card area 2810, the desktop card S1, the desktop card S2, the desktop card S3, and the desktop card M1 , the desktop card M2 and the desktop card M3 are arranged in sequence.
  • the electronic device 100 detects that the user's finger selects M1, and drags M1 to slide toward S1, that is, slides upward.
  • M1 reaches the position of S1, the electronic device 100 can re-determine the arrangement order among the cards on the table according to the sorting rules from left to right and from top to bottom. In the new arrangement order, M1 is arranged on the left side of S1 , while S1 is still arranged before S2.
  • the table card M1, the table card S1, the table card S2, the table card S3, the table card M2 and the table card M3 are arranged in sequence.
  • FIG. 28b exemplarily shows the desktop card area 2810 displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100, wherein, in the desktop card area 2810, the desktop card S1, the desktop card S2, the desktop card S3, and the desktop card M1 , the desktop card M2 and the desktop card M3 are arranged in sequence.
  • the electronic device 100 detects that M1 is selected by the user's finger, and drags M1 to slide toward S2, that is, slides to the upper right.
  • M1 reaches the position of S2
  • the electronic device 100 can re-determine the arrangement order among the cards on the table according to the sorting rules from left to right and from top to bottom.
  • M1 is arranged on the right side of S1 , while S2 is arranged on the right side of M1.
  • S3 is arranged on the lower side of S1, and the positions of M2 and M3 are also moved to the right in turn, so that M2 is arranged on the lower side of S2, and M3 is arranged on the lower side of S3.
  • the table card S1 , the table card M1 , the table card S2 , the table card S3 , the table card M2 and the table card M3 are arranged in sequence.
  • FIG. 28c exemplarily shows the desktop card area 2810 displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100, wherein, in the desktop card area 2810, the desktop card S1, the desktop card S2, the desktop card S3, and the desktop card M1 , the desktop card M2 and the desktop card M3 are arranged in sequence.
  • the electronic device 100 detects that the user's finger selects M2, and drags M2 to slide toward S2, that is, slides upward.
  • M2 reaches the position of S2, the electronic device 100 can re-determine the arrangement order among the cards on the table according to the sorting rules from left to right and from top to bottom.
  • M2 is arranged on the right side of S1 , while S2 is arranged on the right side of M2.
  • S3 is arranged on the lower side of S1, and the positions of M1 and M3 are also moved to the right in turn, so that M1 is arranged on the lower side of S2, and M3 is arranged on the lower side of S3.
  • the table card S1, the table card M2, the table card S2, the table card S3, the table card M1 and the table card M3 are arranged in order.
  • FIG. 28a-FIG. 28c exemplarily show an embodiment in which the electronic device 100 adjusts the arrangement order of the desktop cards in the desktop card area 2910 displayed on the inner screen.
  • FIG. 28a exemplarily shows the desktop card area 2910 displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100, wherein, in the desktop card area 2910, the desktop card M1, the desktop card S1, the desktop card S2, and the desktop card S3 And the desktop cards S4 are arranged in sequence.
  • the electronic device 100 detects that the user's finger selects S1, and drags S1 to slide toward M1, that is, slides to the left.
  • S1 reaches the position of M1
  • the electronic device 100 can re-determine the arrangement order among the cards on the table according to the sorting rules from left to right and from top to bottom.
  • S1 is arranged on the left side of M1
  • S2 is arranged on the right side of M1
  • the position of S3 is also moved to the left, so that S3 is arranged on the lower side of S1, and S4 is arranged on the lower side of S2.
  • the table card S1, the table card M1, the table card S2, the table card S3 and the table card S4 are arranged in sequence.
  • FIG. 29b exemplarily shows the desktop card area 2910 displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100, wherein, in the desktop card area 2910, the desktop card M1, the desktop card S1, the desktop card S2, and the desktop card S3 And the desktop cards S4 are arranged in sequence.
  • the electronic device 100 detects that the user's finger selects S3, and drags S3 to slide toward M1, that is, slides to the left.
  • S3 reaches the position of M1
  • the electronic device 100 can re-determine the arrangement order among the cards on the table according to the sorting rules from left to right and from top to bottom.
  • S3 is arranged on the left side of M1
  • S1 is arranged on the right side of M1
  • the position of S2 is also moved to the left, so that S2 is arranged on the lower side of S3, and S4 is arranged on the lower side of S1.
  • the table card S3, the table card M1, the table card S1, the table card S2 and the table card S4 are arranged in sequence.
  • FIG. 29c exemplarily shows the desktop card area 2910 displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100, wherein, in the desktop card area 2910, the desktop card M1, the desktop card S1, the desktop card S2, and the desktop card S3 And the desktop cards S4 are arranged in sequence.
  • the electronic device 100 detects that the user's finger selects S2, and drags S2 to slide toward M1, that is, slides to the left, and S2 needs to cross the column area formed by S1 and S3.
  • S2 passes through the column area formed by S1 and S3
  • the electronic device 100 can first move S1 to the starting position of S2 according to the sorting rules from left to right, from top to bottom and the preset conditions described in FIG.
  • the electronic device 100 can re-determine the arrangement order among the desktop cards.
  • S2 is arranged on the left side of M1, and S1 is arranged on the On the right side of M1, the position of S3 also moves to the left, so that S3 is arranged on the lower side of S2, and S4 is arranged on the lower side of S1.
  • the table card S2, the table card M1, the table card S1, the table card S3 and the table card S4 are arranged in sequence.
  • FIG. 30a- FIG. 30b exemplarily show an embodiment in which the electronic device 100 adjusts the arrangement order of the desktop cards in the desktop card area 2910 displayed on the inner screen.
  • FIG. 30a exemplarily shows the desktop card area 3010 displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100, wherein, in the desktop card area 3010, the desktop card M1, the desktop card S1, the desktop card S2, and the desktop card S3 And the desktop cards S4 are arranged in sequence.
  • the electronic device 100 detects that the user's finger selects M1, and drags M1 to slide toward the column area formed by S1 and S3, that is, slides to the right.
  • M1 reaches the positions of S1 and S3
  • the electronic device 100 can re-determine the arrangement order among the cards on the table according to the sorting rules from left to right and from top to bottom.
  • S1 and S3 are arranged at On the left side of M1, S2 and S4 are arranged on the right side of M1. It can be seen that the column area formed by S1 and S3 can be moved to the position before M1 as a whole, so that S3 is arranged on the lower side of S1, and S4 is arranged on the The underside of S2.
  • the table card S1, the table card M1, the table card S2, the table card S3 and the table card S4 are arranged in sequence.
  • Figure 30b exemplarily shows the desktop card area 3010 displayed on the inner screen of the electronic device 100, wherein, in the desktop card area 3010, the desktop card S1, the desktop card S2, the desktop card S3 and the desktop card L1 Arranged in order.
  • the electronic device 100 detects that L1 is selected by the user's finger, and drags M1 to slide toward the row area formed by S1 , S2 and S3 , that is, slides upward.
  • L1 reaches the positions of S1, S2, and S3
  • the electronic device 100 can re-determine the arrangement order among the cards on the table according to the sorting rules from left to right and from top to bottom.
  • S1, S2 The row area formed with S3 can be moved as a whole to the position before L1 is moved, so that S1, S2 and S3 are arranged on the lower side of L1, and S1, S2 and S3 are arranged in sequence.
  • the table card L1, the table card S1, the table card S2 and the table card S3 are arranged in sequence.
  • the width of the XL-type cards is the same as that of the L-type cards, therefore, the preset conditions and sorting rules applicable to the L-type cards are also applicable to the XL-type cards.
  • first, second, etc. may be used herein to describe various features, these features should not be limited by these terms. These terms are used for distinction only and should not be construed as indicating or implying relative importance. For example, a first feature could be termed a second feature, and similarly a second feature could be termed a first feature, without departing from the scope of example embodiments.
  • references in the specification to "one embodiment,” “an embodiment,” “illustrative embodiment,” etc. mean that the described embodiment may include a particular feature, structure, or property, but that each embodiment may or need not include the particular feature, structure, or property. characteristics, structure or properties. Moreover, these phrases are not necessarily referring to the same embodiment. Furthermore, when certain features are described in connection with particular embodiments, the knowledge of those skilled in the art can affect the combination of those features with other embodiments, whether or not those embodiments are explicitly described.
  • module may refer to, be a part of, or include: memory (shared, dedicated or group), application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), for running one or more software or firmware programs, Electronic circuits and/or processors (shared, dedicated or group), combinational logic circuits, and/or other suitable components providing the described functionality.
  • memory shared, dedicated or group
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • Electronic circuits and/or processors shared, dedicated or group
  • combinational logic circuits and/or other suitable components providing the described functionality.

Abstract

本申请涉及一种电子设备及其信息显示方法、介质,电子设备包括第一屏幕和第二屏幕,也就是内屏和外屏,并且第一屏幕大于第二屏幕,第一屏幕为能够折叠的屏幕,该方法包括:在第二屏幕上堆叠显示多个卡片时,检测到第一操作;响应于第一操作,将第二屏幕上显示的多个卡片显示在第一屏幕上,在第一屏幕上,多个卡片中的第一部分卡片和第二部分卡片显示在不同位置。通过本申请的方法,用户在展开使用尺寸较大的电子设备的内屏时,电子设备的内屏能够同时显示多个卡片,多个卡片能够根据优先级进行调整,用户合上内屏使用外屏时,外屏中可以堆叠显示多个卡片,并且在多个卡片中显示优先级最高的卡片,提高用户体验。

Description

电子设备及其信息显示方法、介质
本申请要求于2022年01月10日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210022460.9、申请名称为“电子设备及其信息显示方法、介质”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及图像处理技术。尤其涉及一种电子设备及其信息显示方法、介质。
背景技术
支持折叠屏的电子设备越来越普及,用户可以在电子设备的外屏和内屏之间切换,通过外屏和内屏分别显示电子设备的用户桌面。但是,由于外屏和内屏的尺寸大小或者比例不同,会导致外屏和内屏中的电子设备的用户桌面中的显示元素产生不一致,进而影响用户的体验。
发明内容
本申请提供了一种电子设备及其信息显示方法、介质。
第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种信息显示方法,其特征在于,应用于电子设备,电子设备包括第一屏幕和第二屏幕,并且第一屏幕大于第二屏幕,第一屏幕为能够折叠的屏幕,方法包括:
在第二屏幕上堆叠显示多个卡片时,检测到第一操作;
响应于第一操作,将第二屏幕上显示的多个卡片显示在第一屏幕上,在第一屏幕上,多个卡片中的第一部分卡片和第二部分卡片显示在不同位置。
通过本申请的一些实施例,用户在使用尺寸较大的电子设备的内屏时,电子设备的内屏能够显示更多的卡片,多个卡片可以按优先级排列显示,而当用户对卡片的排列顺序进行过调整或者多个卡片根据优先级自行调整后,合上内屏使用外屏时,外屏中能够显示最后调整的卡片,提高用户体验。
本申请实施例中,上述卡片、第一部分卡片和第二部分卡片可以是卡片或者显示框。应理解,电子设备的第一屏幕的用户界面还可以包括多个上述第一部分卡片和第二部分卡片,还应理解,第一部分卡片和第二部分卡片所在的用户界面可以是主桌面,也可以是其他桌面,例如:负一屏,本申请对此不作限定。
在上述第一方面的一种可能的实现中,第一屏幕为能够折叠的屏幕,在第二屏幕上堆叠显示多个卡片时,第一屏幕处于折叠状态,折叠状态是指第一屏幕的第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕的夹角小于第一预设角度。
本申请实施例中,第一屏幕可以是电子设备的内屏,也就是,可以展开和合上的屏幕; 第二屏幕可以电子设备的外屏。第一屏幕的第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕可以是第一屏幕的两个显示区域,第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕可以呈轴对称;这里的折叠状态可以是,第一屏幕不显示电子设备的用户界面;第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕的夹角小于第一预设角度可以是,当折叠第一屏幕使得第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕的夹角达到第一预设角度后,第一屏幕不显示电子设备的用户界面。
在上述第一方面的一种可能的实现中,第一操作为将第一屏幕的第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕的夹角,展开到大于第一预设角度的操作。
本申请实施例中,上述第一操作可以理解为展开电子设备的第一屏幕的操作,也就是,当展开第一屏幕使得第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕的夹角达到第一预设角度后,第一屏幕显示电子设备的用户界面。
在上述第一方面的一种可能的实现中,在第一屏幕处于展开状态时,第一屏幕和第二屏幕相对设置,第一屏幕和第二屏幕位于电子设备的不同侧。
本申请实施例中,第一部分卡片和第二部分卡片用于显示电子设备的应用程序生成的数据和电子设备订阅的数据中的至少一种,例如:日程安排,航班信息,天气时钟等。应理解,卡片还可以显示无需用户操作,电子设备自动安排的事件对应的数据,例如,天气预报类应用程序生成的天气的事件。上述应用程序可以是电子设备的系统应用程序,或者是第三方应用程序,或者是电子设备通过云服务器注册的微服务。
在上述第一方面的一种可能的实现中,第一部分卡片包括第一卡片,第一卡片可以为天气时钟卡片;
在第二屏幕上堆叠显示多个卡片包括:按照预设条件在第二屏幕上堆叠显示多个卡片;预设条件为多个卡片的优先级;
第二部分卡片在第一屏幕上按照优先级堆叠显示。
本申请实施例中,电子设备在第二屏幕显示第一部分卡片时,第一部分卡片可以根据适用于第二屏幕的显示规则显示第一卡片,应理解,第二屏幕的显示规则可以是根据第一部分卡片中的多个卡片之间的优先级显示第一部分卡片中的多个卡片。应理解,多个卡片之间的优先级可以包括多个卡片包含的时间信息或者位置信息之间的优先级,这里的优先级也可以称为优先顺序。电子设备还可以根据多个卡片之间的优先级,改变多个卡片的顺序,能够显示用户当前想要关注的卡片,因此,本申请实施例提供的方法能够有效地帮助用户关注卡片,提升用户体验。
本申请实施例中,电子设备在第二屏幕显示第一部分卡片时,如果检测到有作用于第一部分卡片的触控操作,则可以将第一卡片切换为第二卡片,也就是说,电子设备还可以根据用户的操作,改变多个卡片的顺序,能够显示用户当前想要关注的显示内容,因此,本申请实施例提供的方法能够有效地帮助用户关注卡片的显示内容,提升用户体验。
在上述第一方面的一种可能的实现中,方法还包括:
接收针对第二屏幕上显示的多个卡片的第一操作,响应于第一操作,多个卡片中优先级最高的卡片以外的第二卡片显示在第一层;
第二部分卡片在第一屏幕上堆叠显示时,第一层显示第二卡片。
本申请实施例中,在电子设备的第一屏幕中,第一部分卡片可以与第二部分卡片并列平 行显示,第二部分卡片可以是由多张卡片通过堆叠的方式形成的卡片集。第一部分卡片中的第一卡片可以是天气时钟的卡片,第二部分卡片中的第二卡片可以是日程安排的卡片,这里的日程安排的卡片可以是第二部分卡片对应的卡片集中,优先级较高的卡片。
本申请实施例中,上述对第二部分卡片的触控操作可以理解为改变电子设备在第一屏幕显示的第二部分卡片中的卡片的用户操作,示例性地,该第二操作可以理解为用户作用于第二部分卡片的向下滑动的操作。
在上述第一方面的一种可能的实现中,方法还包括:
检测到第二操作;
响应于第二操作,将第一屏幕上显示的第一部分卡片和第二部分卡片显示在第二屏幕上;
在第二屏幕上,多个卡片中的第一部分卡片和第二部分卡片在相同位置,按照优先级堆叠显示。
本申请实施例中,上述第二操作可以理解为用户设折叠电子设备的第一屏幕,这时,电子设备的第二屏幕显示用户桌面。
在上述第一方面的一种可能的实现中,方法还包括:
检测到第二操作;
响应于第二操作,将第一屏幕上显示的第一部分卡片和第二部分卡片显示在第二屏幕上;在第二屏幕上,多个卡片中的第一部分卡片和第二部分卡片在相同位置堆叠显示,第二卡片或者第一卡片显示在第一层。
本申请实施例中,电子设备在第一屏幕显示第二部分卡片时检测到有作用于第一屏幕的折叠操作,则通过第二屏幕显示堆叠的第一部分卡片和第二部分卡片,例如:电子设备在第一屏幕显示的第二部分卡片中显示日程安排的卡片,在用户折叠第一屏幕后,电子设备通过第二屏幕显示日程安排的卡片,也就是说,在用户折叠折叠电子设备的第一屏幕,如:折叠内屏后,电子设备可以通过第二屏幕,如:外屏,继续显示第一屏幕中的第二部分卡片中显示的日程安排的卡片,也就是说,即使用户折叠第一屏幕,电子设备仍旧能够在第二屏幕中,继续显示多个卡片中优先级最高的卡片,能够显示用户当前想要关注的卡片,因此,本申请实施例提供的方法能够有效地帮助用户关注卡片的显示内容,提升用户体验。
在上述第一方面的一种可能的实现中,方法还包括:接收到针对第二部分卡片的第三操作;
响应于第三操作,在第二部分卡片的第一层显示第三卡片;
检测到第二操作;
响应于第二操作,将第一屏幕上显示的第一部分卡片和第二部分卡片显示在第二屏幕上;在第二屏幕上,多个卡片中的第一部分卡片和第二部分卡片在相同位置堆叠显示,第三卡片显示在第一层。
本申请实施例中,上述第三操作可以是电子设备在显示第二部分卡片时检测到有作用于第二部分卡片的触控操作,则将第二部分卡片中的第二卡片切换为第三卡片,例如:将日程安排的卡片切换为航班信息的卡片,也就是说,电子设备可以根据用户的操作,改变第二部分卡片中的多个卡片的顺序,能够显示用户当前想要关注的显示内容,因此,本申请实施例 提供的方法能够有效地帮助用户关注卡片的显示内容,提升用户体验。
在上述第一方面的一种可能的实现中,第二操作为将第一屏幕的第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕的夹角,折叠到小于第二预设角度的操作。
本申请实施例中,电子设备的第一屏幕显示第卡片时检测到有作用于第三卡片的向左滑动的操作,则删除第三卡片切换第二卡片,例如:将航班信息的卡片删除,显示日程安排的卡片,也就是说,电子设备可以根据用户的操作,删除第二卡片,能够移除用户已不再关注的显示内容,进而显示用户当前想要关注的显示内容,因此,本申请实施例提供的方法能够有效地帮助用户关注卡片的显示内容,提升用户体验。
本申请实施例中,响应于对第二部分卡片的触控操作,第一屏幕显示操作区域,操作区域包括至少第一按键、第二按键和第三按键。
本申请实施例中,响应于对操作区域的第一按键的触控操作,第一屏幕在显示第二卡片后,显示第三卡片。
本申请实施例中,响应于对操作区域的第二按键的触控操作,第一屏幕移除第二部分卡片,保留第一部分卡片。
本申请实施例中,响应于对操作区域的第三按键的触控操作,第一屏幕打开第一窗口,第一窗口用于编辑第二卡片。
本申请实施例中,电子设备在第二部分卡片显示第二卡片时检测到有作用于第二卡片的触控操作,则显示操作区域,操作区域可以包括用于设置第二卡片的第一按键、第二按键和第三按键。因此,本申请实施例提供的方法能够提供用户修改卡片的功能,帮助用户更改卡片的显示内容,提升用户体验。
本申请实施例中,电子设备在第二部分卡片显示第二卡片时检测到有作用于操作区域的第一按键的点击操作,则删除第二卡片显示第三卡片,例如:将日程安排的卡片删除,显示航班信息的卡片。因此,本申请实施例提供的方法能够提供用户修改卡片的功能,帮助用户更改卡片的显示内容,提升用户体验。
本申请实施例中,电子设备在第二部分卡片显示第三卡片时检测到有作用于操作区域的第二按键的点击操作,则删除第二部分卡片,例如:将整个包括日程安排的卡片和航班信息的卡片集删除,保留天气时钟的卡片。因此,本申请实施例提供的方法能够提供用户修改卡片的功能,帮助用户更改卡片的显示内容,提升用户体验。
本申请实施例中,电子设备在第二部分卡片显示第二卡片时检测到有作用于操作区域的第三按键的点击操作,则显示第二卡片的编辑画面,例如:电子设备的第一屏幕打开应用程序“YOYO”智慧助手,通过“YOYO”智慧助手对第二卡片进行编辑。因此,本申请实施例提供的方法能够提供用户修改卡片的功能,帮助用户更改卡片的显示内容,提升用户体验。
本申请实施例中,电子设备在第二部分卡片显示第二卡片时检测到未显示的第三卡片满足预设条件,则第二部分卡片显示显示第三卡片。因此,本申请实施例提供的方法能够自行切换卡片的显示内容,帮助用户及时关注卡片的显示内容,提升用户体验。
在上述第一方面的一种可能的实现中,多个卡片的优先级为多个卡片中包含的时间信息或者位置信息与电子设备的当前时间信息或者当前位置信息之间的比较结果。
本申请实施例中,上述多个卡片可以是第一卡片、第二卡片和第三卡片。包含的事件的 时间信息与电子设备的当前时间信息之间的比较结果可以是第一卡片、第二卡片和第三卡片的发生时间与电子设备的当前时间之间的差值小于预设阈值,例如:第三卡片包含的事件可以包括会议,会议的发生时间是8:30,电子设备的当前时间是8:20,若预设阈值为10分钟,则电子设备的第一屏幕的第二部分卡片显示第三卡片。
在上述第一方面的一种可能的实现中,预设条件为创建或者修改多个卡片时,对多个卡片设置的排列顺序。
本申请实施例中,电子设备可以根据用户创建或者设置第一卡片、第二卡片和第三卡片时,对第一卡片、第二卡片和第三卡片配置的排列顺序来显示第一卡片、第二卡片和第三卡片。例如:用户可以通过电子设备的应用程序“YOYO”智慧助手,将第一卡片、第二卡片和第三卡片设置为按照第一卡片、第二卡片和第三卡片的顺序排列。
第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种信息显示方法,其特征在于,应用于电子设备,电子设备包括第一屏幕和第二屏幕,并且第一屏幕大于第二屏幕,第一屏幕为能够折叠的屏幕,方法包括:
在第二屏幕显示第一卡片时,检测到第一操作,第一卡片用于显示电子设备的相册中的第一多媒体文件;
响应于第一操作,在第一屏幕上显示与第一卡片对应的第二卡片,第二卡片中显示有第一多媒体文件和第二多媒体文件。
通过本申请的一些实施例,可以根据电子设备的不同的屏幕,调整卡片中的显示内容的显示方式,若电子设备当前使用的屏幕为外屏,电子设备可以在外屏中卡片可以显示单个多媒体文件,如:图片或者视频;若用户展开电子设备的内屏后,电子设备可以根据折叠屏的内屏与外屏的尺寸大小或者比例,调整内屏中的卡片中能够显示的多媒体文件的数量。
在上述第二方面的一种可能的实现中,第一屏幕为能够折叠的屏幕,在第二屏幕上显示第一卡片时,第一屏幕处于折叠状态,折叠状态是指第一屏幕的第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕的夹角小于第一预设角度。
本申请实施例中,第一屏幕可以是电子设备的内屏,也就是,可以展开和合上的屏幕;第二屏幕可以电子设备的外屏。第一屏幕的第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕可以是第一屏幕的两个显示区域,第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕可以呈轴对称;这里的折叠状态可以是,第一屏幕不显示电子设备的用户界面;第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕的夹角小于第一预设角度可以是,当折叠第一屏幕使得第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕的夹角达到第一预设角度后,第一屏幕不显示电子设备的用户界面。
在上述第二方面的一种可能的实现中,第一操作为将第一屏幕的第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕的夹角,展开到大于第一预设角度的操作。
本申请实施例中,上述第一操作可以理解为展开电子设备的第一屏幕的操作,也就是,当展开第一屏幕使得第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕的夹角达到第一预设角度后,第一屏幕显示电子设备的用户界面。
在上述第二方面的一种可能的实现中,在第一屏幕处于展开状态时,第一屏幕和第二屏幕相对设置,第一屏幕和第二屏幕位于电子设备的不同侧。
本申请实施例中,上述第一卡片或第二卡片可以理解为卡片或者显示框。应理解,第一 卡片所在的用户界面可以是主桌面,也可以是其他桌面,例如:负一屏,本申请对此不作限定。
本申请实施例中,第一卡片或第二卡片用于显示电子设备的相册中确定的图片或者视频库中确定的视频中的至少一种。例如:第一卡片或第二卡片可以用于显示“智能精选”或者“指定相册”的图库。
本申请实施例中,电子设备在第一卡片显示第一多媒体文件时检测到有作用于第一卡片的触控操作,则显示第一多媒体文件的编辑画面,例如:在第一多媒体文件为图片的情况下,电子设备可以打开图库应用程序显示第一多媒体文件。
在上述第二方面的一种可能的实现中,在检测到第一操作之前,方法还包括:在预设时间段之后,在第一卡片中显示第二多媒体文件。
本申请实施例中,在经过了预设时间段,第一卡片可以在显示第一多媒体文件后,显示第二多媒体文件。预设时间段可以时预先设置的,例如:预设时间段可以是20s,在经过了20s后,第一卡片中的第一多媒体文件切换为第二多媒体文件。
在上述第二方面的一种可能的实现中,第二多媒体文件为相册中创建时间早于第一多媒体文件的文件,
或者,第二多媒体文件为电子设备推荐的多个多媒体文件中位于第一多媒体文件之后显示的文件。
本申请实施例中,第一多媒体文件和第二多媒体文件可以包括时间信息,第二多媒体文件可以是电子设备中晚于第一多媒体文件创建的文件。例如:第一多媒体文件和第二多媒体文件可以是电子设备先后拍摄的两张图片;第一多媒体文件和第二多媒体文件还可以包括排列信息,第二多媒体文件可以是电子设备中排列于第一多媒体文件之后的文件,例如:用户可以指定第二多媒体文件排列于第一多媒体文件之后显示。
在上述第二方面的一种可能的实现中,第一多媒体文件为第一图片,第二多媒体文件为第二图片,第二卡片中显示有将第一图片和第二图片拼接得到的第三图片;第三图片中的第一区域显示第一图片,第二区域显示第二图片;
方法还包括:
响应于接收到的针对第一区域的操作,显示第一界面,第一界面为图库应用的界面,第一界面包括第一图片;
响应于接收到的针对第二区域的操作,显示第二界面,第二界面为图库应用的界面,第二界面包括第二图片。
本申请实施例中,在电子设备的第一屏幕中,第二卡片中的第一图片和第二图片可以上下并列显示或者左右并列显示形成第三图片。上述对第一图片或者第二图片的操可以理解为电子设备在第一屏幕打开用于显示第一图片或者第二图片的应用程序,示例性地,该操作可以理解为用户作用于第一图片或者第二图片的点击操作。
本申请实施例中,电子设备在第二卡片显示第一图片或者第二图片时检测到有作用于第一图片或者第二图片的触控操作,则显示包括第一图片或者第二图片的图库应用的详细界面。
在上述第二方面的一种可能的实现中,第一多媒体文件为电子设备推荐的一组图片中的 第四图片,第二多媒体文件为电子设备推荐的一组图片中的第五图片,第二卡片中显示有将第四图片和第五图片拼接得到的第六图片;第六图片中的第一区域显示第四图片,第二区域显示第五图片;
方法还包括:
响应于针对第六图片上任意位置的操作,显示第三界面,第三界面为图库应用的界面,第三界面中包括播放控件;
响应于针对播放控件的操作,以视频帧的形式播放一组图片。
本申请实施例中,在电子设备的第一屏幕中,第二卡片中的第四图片和第五图片可以上下并列显示或者左右并列显示形成第六图片。第四图片和第五图片可以是电子设备保存的时刻图片或者时刻视频中包含的两张图片。应理解,时刻图片或者时刻视频可以是电子设备的图库应用中的一组图片,通过视频帧的形式进行播放的文件形式。上述对第四图片或者第五图片的操可以理解为电子设备在第一屏幕打开用于播放包含第四图片和第五图片的时刻图片或者时刻视频的应用程序,示例性地,该操作可以理解为用户作用于第四图片或者第五图片的点击操作。
本申请实施例中,电子设备在第二卡片显示第四图片或者第五图片时检测到有作用于第四图片或者第五图片的触控操作,则打开用于播放包括第四图片和第五图片的时刻图片或者时刻视频的视频播放应用的详细界面。
在上述第二方面的一种可能的实现中,方法还包括:
在预设时间段后,在第二卡片中显示第二多媒体文件和第三多媒体文件。
本申请实施例中,在经过了预设时间段,第二卡片可以在显示第一多媒体文件和第二多媒体文件后,显示第二多媒体文件和第三多媒体文件。预设时间段可以时预先设置的,例如:预设时间段可以是20s,在经过了20s后,第一卡片中的第一多媒体文件和第二多媒体文件切换为第二多媒体文件和第三多媒体文件。
在上述第二方面的一种可能的实现中,第二卡片中显示有第一多媒体文件和第二多媒体文件时,方法还包括:
检测到第二操作;
响应于第二操作,在第二屏幕显示第一卡片;第一卡片中显示有第三多媒体文件。
在上述第二方面的一种可能的实现中,第二操作为将第一屏幕的第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕的夹角,折叠到小于第二预设角度的操作。
本申请实施例中,上述第二操作可以理解为用户设折叠电子设备的第一屏幕,这时,电子设备的第二屏幕显示用户桌面。
本申请实施例中,电子设备在第一屏幕通过第二卡片同时显示第二多媒体文件和第三多媒体文件时检测到有折叠第一屏幕的操作,则通过第二屏幕的第一卡片来显示第三多媒体文件,在用户合上电子设备的第一屏幕,如:内屏后,电子设备可以通过第二屏幕,如:外屏,显示第一屏幕中发生改变的第二卡片中的第三多媒体文件,也就是说,电子设备能够在第二屏幕中,继续显示最新展示的第三多媒体文件,能够保持卡片中显示内容的连续性。
本申请实施例中,第二卡片中显示有第一多媒体文件和第二多媒体文件时,方法还包括:
响应于对第一多媒体文件和第二多媒体文件的触控操作,第一屏幕显示第二窗口,第二 窗口用于显示或者编辑第一多媒体文件和第二多媒体文件。
在上述第二方面的一种可能的实现中,在第二屏幕显示第一卡片时,方法还包括:
在第二屏幕内第一卡片的第一区域显示第一多媒体文件;
响应于对第一卡片的触控操作,第一卡片的第二区域显示第二多媒体文件。
本申请实施例中,第一区域和第二区域可以是第一卡片中的第一多媒体文件和第二多媒体文件在第二屏幕内占据的显示区域。第一区域和第二区域可以是横向排列的,也可以是纵向排列的。
本申请实施例中,上述对第一卡片的触控操作可以理解为作用于第一卡片的边框的用户操作,示例性地,该操作可以理解为用户作用于第一卡片的右侧的边框的拖拽操作。
本申请实施例中,电子设备在第一卡片显示第一多媒体文件时检测到有作用于第一卡片的触控操作,则扩大第一卡片,使得第一卡片同时显示第一多媒体文件和第二多媒体文件,例如:用户向右拖拽第一卡片的右侧的边框,第一卡片可以向右侧扩大,同时显示第一多媒体文件和第二多媒体文件。
在上述第二方面的一种可能的实现中,响应于针对第一卡片的触控操作,在第二屏幕内第一卡片的第一区域显示第一多媒体文件。
本申请实施例中,上述对第一卡片的触控操作可以理解为作用于第一卡片的边框的用户操作,示例性地,该操作可以理解为用户作用于第一卡片的右侧的边框的拖拽操作。
本申请实施例中,电子设备在第一卡片显示第一多媒体文件和第二多媒体文件时检测到有作用于第一卡片的触控操作,则缩小第一卡片,使得第一卡片回到显示第一多媒体文件,例如:用户向左拖拽第一卡片的右侧的边框,第一卡片可以向左侧缩小,回到显示第一多媒体文件。
在上述第二方面的一种可能的实现中,响应于针对第一卡片的触控操作,在第二屏幕内第一卡片的第二区域显示第二多媒体文件。
本申请实施例中,上述对第一卡片的触控操作可以理解为作用于第一卡片的边框的用户操作,示例性地,该操作可以理解为用户作用于第一卡片的左侧的边框的拖拽操作。
本申请实施例中,电子设备在第一卡片同时显示第一多媒体文件和第二多媒体文件时检测到有作用于第一卡片的触控操作,则缩小第一卡片,使得第一卡片显示第二多媒体文件,例如:用户向右拖拽第一卡片的左侧的边框,第一卡片可以向右侧缩小,显示第二多媒体文件。
在上述第二方面的一种可能的实现中,在第一屏幕上显示与第一卡片对应的第二卡片,方法还包括:
在第一屏幕内第二卡片的第三区域显示第一多媒体文件,第二卡片的第四区域显示第二多媒体文件;
响应于针对第二卡片的触控操作,在第一屏幕内第二卡片的第三区域显示第一多媒体文件。
本申请实施例中,第三区域和第四区域可以是第二卡片中的第一多媒体文件和第二多媒体文件在第一屏幕内占据的显示区域。第三区域和第四区域可以是横向排列的,也可以是纵向排列的。
本申请实施例中,上述对第二卡片的触控操作可以理解为作用于第二卡片的边框的用户操作,示例性地,该操作可以理解为用户作用于第二卡片的右侧的边框的拖拽操作。
本申请实施例中,电子设备在第二卡片显示第一多媒体文件和第二多媒体文件时检测到有作用于第二卡片的触控操作,则缩小第二卡片,使得第二卡片回到显示第一多媒体文件,例如:用户向左拖拽第二卡片的右侧的边框,第一卡片可以向左侧缩小,回到显示第一多媒体文件。
在上述第二方面的一种可能的实现中,响应于针对第二卡片的触控操作,在第一屏幕内第二卡片的第四区域显示第二多媒体文件。
本申请实施例中,上述对第二卡片的触控操作可以理解为作用于第二卡片的边框的用户操作,示例性地,该操作可以理解为用户作用于第二卡片的左侧的边框的拖拽操作。
本申请实施例中,电子设备在第二卡片同时显示第一多媒体文件和第二多媒体文件时检测到有作用于第二卡片的触控操作,则缩小第二卡片,使得第二卡片显示第二多媒体文件,例如:用户向右拖拽第二卡片的左侧的边框,第二卡片可以向右侧缩小,显示第二多媒体文件。
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种信息显示方法,应用于电子设备,电子设备包括第一屏幕和第二屏幕,并且第一屏幕大于第二屏幕,方法包括:
在第二屏幕内的负一屏显示多个卡片,多个卡片排列成两列;
检测到第一操作;
响应于第一操作,将第二屏幕上显示的多个卡片显示在第一屏幕上,在第一屏幕上,多个卡片排列成三列。
本申请实施例中,负一屏可以显示多张卡片。在第二屏幕的负一屏中,可以通过两列多行的方式显示卡片,在第一屏幕的负一屏中,可以通过三列多行的方式显示卡片,上述卡片可以按照排序规则进行排列。
在上述第三方面的一种可能的实现中,方法包括:
第二屏幕内的负一屏显示包括至少第一区域、第二区域和第三区域的第一界面,第一区域和第二区域依次从左至右排列,第三区域排布于第一区域的下侧;
检测到第一操作;
响应于第一操作,在第一屏幕内的负一屏显示第二界面,第二界面中的第一区域、第二区域和第三区域依次从左至右排列;
第一区域、第二区域和第三区域分别显示第一卡片、第二卡片和第三卡片;
接收针对第一卡片的拖动操作,控制第一卡片向第三卡片移动,若第一卡片和第三卡片满足第一条件,将第一卡片排布在第三区域,控制第二卡片向第一区域移动,控制第三卡片向第二区域移动。
在上述第三方面的一种可能的实现中,第一屏幕为能够折叠的屏幕,在第二屏幕内的负一屏显示包括至少第一区域、第二区域和第三区域的第二界面时,第一屏幕处于折叠状态,折叠状态是指第一屏幕的第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕的夹角小于第一预设角度。
在上述第三方面的一种可能的实现中,第一操作为将第一屏幕的第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕的夹角,展开到大于第一预设角度的操作。
在上述第三方面的一种可能的实现中,在第一屏幕处于展开状态时,第一屏幕和第二屏幕相对设置,第一屏幕和第二屏幕位于电子设备的不同侧。
本申请实施例中,在负一屏中相同高度排布卡片时,按照从左向右进行排布卡片;在负一屏的不同高度排布卡片时,按照从左至右、从上至下排布卡片。电子设备可以确保内屏显示的负一屏的卡片区中卡片有序排布,并且可以实现排列在前的卡片能够优先显示,可以有效地利用显示资源。
在上述第三方面的一种可能的实现中,第一卡片和第三卡片满足第一条件,包括:第一卡片的中心点与第三卡片中任意点重叠。
在上述第三方面的一种可能的实现中,包括:
在第一屏幕内的负一屏显示第一界面,第一界面包括第一区域、第二区域、第三区域和第四区域;
第一区域,第二区域,第三区域依次从左至右排列,第四区域位于第一区域的下侧,第一区域,第二区域,第三区域分别显示第一卡片、第二卡片以及第三卡片,第一卡片、第二卡片以及第三卡片具有第一尺寸,第四区域显示具有第二尺寸的第四卡片,第二尺寸大于第一尺寸;
响应于针对第四卡片的第一拖动操作,控制第四卡片向第一卡片、第二卡片以及第三卡片移动;
若第四卡片和第一卡片、第二卡片以及第三卡片满足第一条件,将第四卡片排布在第一区域,第二区域和第三区域,控制第一卡片、第二卡片和第三卡片向第四区域移动。
本申请实施例中,第一区域,第二区域和第三区域左右相邻,且属于同一行区域。此外,第一区域,第二区域和第三区域的大小相同。这样,在负一屏中,排布于第一区域的第一卡片、排布于第二区域的第二卡片以及排布于第三区域的第三卡片,实际上排布于相同高度。
本申请实施例中,第一区域,第二区域以及第三区域和第四区域上下相邻,但二者分别属于不同行区域。第四区域位于第一区域,第二区域以及第三区域的下侧,故在负一屏中,第四卡片的排布高度低于第一卡片、第二卡片以及第三卡片。
本申请实施例中,用户可以通过改变卡片之间的排布,也就是,改变卡片的排列顺序。例如,在负一屏的宽度仅够水平排布三张第一尺寸的卡片的场景下,负一屏中的第一卡片、第二卡片和第三卡片可以从左至右依次排布,第四卡片排布于第一卡片、第二卡片和第三卡片的下方。电子设备响应于作用于第四卡片的第一拖动操作时,可以控制第四卡片移动。例如,电子设备识别到用户选中第四卡片后,手指在显示屏上的滑动,可视为作用于第四卡片的第一拖动操作,响应于该操作,电子设备可以控制第四卡片跟随用户手指与显示屏之间的触点移动,实现第第四卡片的移动。
本申请实施例中,电子设备接收到作用于第四卡片的第一拖动操作;电子设备确定第四卡片被选中;电子设备控制第四卡片移动;在第四卡片移动过程中,若第四卡片和第一卡片、第二卡片以及第三卡片满足第一条件,则电子设备控制第四卡片和第一卡片、第二卡片以及第三卡片互换位置,也就是,电子设备控制第四卡片占据第一区域,第二区域和第三区域;控制第一卡片、第二卡片以及第三卡片依次占据第四区域。
在上述第三方面的一种可能的实现中,包括:在第一屏幕内的负一屏显示第一界面,第 一界面包括第一区域、第二区域、第三区域、第四区域和第五区域;
第一区域,第二区域,第三区域依次从左至右排列,第四区域位于第一区域的右侧以及第二区域的下侧,第五区域位于第四区域的右侧以及第三区域的下侧,第一区域用于显示具有第一尺寸的第一卡片,第二区域、第三区域、第四区域和第五区域分别用于显示具有第三尺寸的第二卡片、第三卡片、第四卡片和第五卡片,第三尺寸大于第一尺寸,第一卡片和第二卡片、第三卡片的上边缘位于相同高度,第一卡片和第四卡片和第五卡片的下边缘位于相同高度。
本申请实施例中,第一区域,第二区域和第三区域左右相邻,第一区域,第四区域和第五区域左右相邻。此外,第二区域、第三区域、第四区域和第五区域的大小相同。这样,在负一屏中,排布于第二区域的第二卡片以及排布于第三区域的第三卡片,实际上排布于相同高度;排布于第四区域的第四卡片以及排布于第五区域的第五卡片,实际上排布于相同高度;排布于第一区域的第一卡片的上边缘与排布于第二区域的第二卡片以及排布于第三区域的第三卡片,实际上排布于相同高度;第一卡片和第四卡片和第五卡片的下边缘位于相同高度以及第一卡片和第二卡片和第三卡片的上边缘位于相同高度,也就是说,第一卡片的第三尺寸可以是第一尺寸的两倍。
本申请实施例中,第二区域,第二区域以及第四区域和第五区域上下相邻,但二者分别属于不同行区域。
在上述第三方面的一种可能的实现中,响应于针对第一卡片的第一拖动操作,控制第一卡片向第二卡片和第四卡片移动,若第一卡片的与第二卡片和第四卡片满足第二条件,则将第一卡片排布在第二区域和第四区域,控制第二卡片、第四卡片同时向第一区域移动。
在上述第三方面的一种可能的实现中,第一卡片的与第二卡片和第四卡片满足第二条件,包括:第一卡片的边缘同时越过第二卡片和第四卡片的中轴线。
本申请实施例中,电子设备接收到作用于第一卡片的第一拖动操作;电子设备确定第一卡片被选中;电子设备控制第一卡片移动;在第一卡片移动过程中,若第一卡片和第二卡片以及第四卡片满足第二条件,则电子设备控制第一卡片和第二卡片以及第四卡片互换位置,也就是,电子设备控制第一卡片占据第二区域和第四区域;控制第二卡片以及第四卡片依次占据第一区域。
在上述第三方面的一种可能的实现中,响应于针对第二卡片的第二拖动操作,控制第二卡片向第一卡片移动,若第二卡片与第一卡片满足第一条件,则将第二卡片排布在第一区域,控制第一卡片向第二区域和第四区域移动,控制第四卡片向第一区域移动。
本申请实施例中,电子设备接收到作用于第二卡片的第二拖动操作;电子设备确定第二卡片被选中;电子设备控制第二卡片移动;在第二卡片移动过程中,若第二卡片和第一卡片满足第一条件,则电子设备控制第一卡片和第二卡片以及第四卡片互换位置,也就是,电子设备控制第二卡片和第四卡片占据第一区域;控制第一卡片占据第二区域和第四区域。
在上述第三方面的一种可能的实现中,响应于针对第四卡片的第三拖动操作,控制第四卡片向第一卡片移动,若第四卡片与第一卡片满足第一条件,则将第四卡片排布在第一区域,控制第一卡片向第二区域和第四区域移动,控制第二卡片向第三区域移动,控制第三卡片向第一区域移动。
本申请实施例中,电子设备接收到作用于第四卡片的第三拖动操作;电子设备确定第四卡片被选中;电子设备控制第四卡片移动;在第四卡片移动过程中,若第四卡片和第一卡片满足第一条件,则电子设备控制第四卡片向第一区域移动,也就是,电子设备控制第四卡片和第三卡片占据第一区域;控制第二卡片占据第三区域;控制第一卡片占据第二区域和第四区域。
在上述第三方面的一种可能的实现中,响应于针对第三卡片的第四拖动操作,控制第三卡片向第一卡片移动,若第三卡片与第二卡片满足第一条件,则将第三卡片排布在第二区域,控制第二卡片向第三区域移动,若第三卡片的中心点与第一卡片中任意点重叠,则将第三卡片排布在第一区域,控制第一卡片向第二区域和第四区域移动,控制第四卡片向第一区域移动。
本申请实施例中,电子设备接收到作用于第三卡片的第四拖动操作;电子设备确定第三卡片被选中;电子设备控制第三卡片移动;在第三卡片移动过程中,若第三卡片和第二卡片满足第一条件,则电子设备控制第四卡片向第二区域移动,也就是,电子设备控制第三卡片占据第二区域;控制第二卡片占据第三区域;在第三卡片移动过程中,若第三卡片和第一卡片满足第一条件,则电子设备控制第三卡片向第一区域移动,也就是,电子设备控制第三卡片和第四卡片占据第一区域;控制第一卡片占据第二区域和第四区域。
在上述第三方面的一种可能的实现中,包括:在第一屏幕内的负一屏显示第一界面,第一界面包括第一区域、第二区域、第三区域、第四区域、第五区域和第六区域;
第一区域,第二区域,第三区域依次从左至右排列,第四区域位于第一区域的下侧,第五区域位于第二区域的下侧,第六区域位于第三区域的下侧,第一区域、第二区域和第三区域分别用于显示具有第一尺寸的第一卡片、第二卡片、第三卡片,第四区域、第五区域和第六区域分别用于显示具有第三尺寸的第四卡片、第五卡片、第六卡片,第三尺寸大于第一尺寸。
本申请实施例中,第一区域,第二区域和第三区域左右相邻,且属于同一行区域;第四区域,第五区域和第六区域左右相邻,且属于同一行区域。此外,第一区域,第二区域和第三区域的大小相同;第四区域,第五区域和第六区域的大小相同。这样,在负一屏中,排布于第一区域的第一卡片,第二区域的第二卡片以及排布于第三区域的第三卡片,实际上排布于相同高度;排布于第四区域的第四卡片、排布于第五区域的第五卡片以及排布于第六区域的第六卡片,实际上排布于相同高度;排布于第四区域的第四卡片、排布于第五区域的第五卡片以及排布于第六区域的第六卡片的第三尺寸可以是排布于第一区域的第一卡片,第二区域的第二卡片以及排布于第三区域的第三卡片的第一尺寸的两倍。
在上述第三方面的一种可能的实现中,包括:
响应于针对第四卡片的第一拖动操作,控制第四卡片向第一卡片移动,若第四卡片与第一卡片满足第一条件,则将第四卡片排布在第一区域,控制第一卡片向第二区域移动,第二卡片向第三区域移动,第三卡片向第五区域移动,第五卡片向第六区域移动;第六卡片向第四区域移动,第一卡片和第四卡片的上边缘位于相同高度,第三卡片和第四卡片的下边缘位于相同高度,且第三卡片和第五卡片的上边缘位于相同高度。
本申请实施例中,电子设备接收到作用于第四卡片的第一拖动操作;电子设备确定第四 卡片被选中;电子设备控制第四卡片移动;在第四卡片移动过程中,若第四卡片和第一卡片满足第一条件,则电子设备控制第四卡片向第一区域移动,也就是,电子设备控制第四卡片占据第一区域;控制第一卡片向第二区域移动,也就是,控制第一卡片占据第二区域;控制第二卡片向第三区域移动,也就是,电子设备控制第二卡片占据第三区域;控制第三卡片向第五区域移动,也就是,电子设备控制第三卡片占据第五区域;控制第五卡片向第六区域移动,也就是,电子设备控制第五卡片占据第六区域,控制第六卡片向第四区域移动,也就是,电子设备控制第六卡片占据第四区域。
在上述第三方面的一种可能的实现中,响应于针对第四卡片的第二拖动操作,控制第四卡片向第二卡片移动,若第四卡片与第二卡片满足第一条件,则将第四卡片排布在第二区域,控制第二卡片向第三区域移动,第三卡片向第一区域移动,第五卡片向第六区域移动;第六卡片向第四区域移动,第一卡片和第四卡片的上边缘位于相同高度,第三卡片和第四卡片的下边缘位于相同高度,且第三卡片和第五卡片的上边缘位于相同高度。
本申请实施例中,电子设备接收到作用于第四卡片的第二拖动操作;电子设备确定第四卡片被选中;电子设备控制第四卡片移动;在第四卡片移动过程中,若第四卡片和第二卡片满足第一条件,则电子设备控制第四卡片向第二区域移动,也就是,电子设备控制第四卡片占据第二区域;控制第二卡片向第三区域移动,也就是,电子设备控制第二卡片占据第三区域;控制第三卡片向第四区域移动,也就是,电子设备控制第三卡片占据第四区域;控制第五卡片向第六区域移动,也就是,电子设备控制第五卡片占据第六区域,控制第六卡片向第四区域移动,也就是,电子设备控制第六卡片占据第四区域。
在上述第三方面的一种可能的实现中,响应于针对第五卡片的第三拖动操作,控制第五卡片向第二卡片移动,若第五卡片与第二卡片满足第一条件,则将第五卡片排布在第二区域,控制第二卡片向第三区域移动,第三卡片向第一区域移动,第四卡片向第六区域移动;第六卡片向第四区域移动,第一卡片和第五卡片的上边缘位于相同高度,第三卡片和第五卡片的下边缘位于相同高度,且第三卡片和第四卡片的上边缘位于相同高度。
本申请实施例中,电子设备接收到作用于第五卡片的第三拖动操作;电子设备确定第五卡片被选中;电子设备控制第五卡片移动;在第五卡片移动过程中,若第五卡片和第二卡片满足第一条件,则电子设备控制第五卡片向第二区域移动,也就是,电子设备控制第五卡片占据第二区域;控制第二卡片向第三区域移动,也就是,电子设备控制第二卡片占据第三区域;控制第三卡片向第四区域移动,也就是,电子设备控制第三卡片占据第四区域;控制第四卡片向第六区域移动,也就是,电子设备控制第四卡片占据第六区域,控制第六卡片向第四区域移动,也就是,电子设备控制第六卡片占据第四区域。
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种可读介质,可读介质上存储有指令,该指令在电子设备上执行时使电子设备执行第一方面、第二方面以及第三方面的信息显示方法。
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种电子设备,包括:
存储器,用于存储由电子设备的一个或多个处理器执行的指令,以及
处理器,是电子设备的处理器之一,用于执行第一方面、第二方面以及第三方面的信息显示方法。
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,包括:非易失性计算机可读存储介 质,非易失性计算机可读存储介质包含用于执行第一方面、第二方面以及第三方面的信息显示方法的计算机程序代码。
附图说明
图1a至图1c为本申请实施例提供的一组用户界面的示意图;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的硬件结构示意图;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的软件结构示意图;
图4为本申请实施例提供的方法流程示意图;
图5a至图5d为本申请实施例提供的一组用户界面的示意图;
图6a至图6d为本申请实施例提供的一组响应于用户操作的用户界面的示意图;
图7a至图7c为本申请实施例提供的一组用户界面的示意图;
图8a至图8e为本申请实施例提供的一组用户界面的示意图;
图9a至图9e为本申请实施例提供的一组用户界面的示意图;
图10a至图10d为本申请实施例提供的一组用户界面的示意图;
图11a至图11c为本申请实施例提供的一组用户界面的示意图;
图12a至图12b为本申请实施例提供的一组电子设备的负一屏的用户界面的示意图;
图13为本申请实施例提供的方法流程示意图;
图14a至图14b为本申请实施例提供的一组用户界面的示意图;
图15a至图15d为本申请实施例提供的一组用户界面的示意图;
图16a至图16d为本申请实施例提供的一组用户界面的示意图;
图17a至图17h为本申请实施例提供的一组用户界面的示意图;
图18a至图18b为本申请实施例提供的一组用户界面的示意图;
图19为本申请实施例提供的一个桌面卡片区的示意图;
图20为本申请实施例提供的一个桌面卡片区的示意图;
图21为本申请实施例提供的方法流程示意图;
图22a至图22c为本申请实施例提供的一组用户界面的示意图;
图23a至图23c为本申请实施例提供的一组用户界面的示意图;
图24a至图24c为本申请实施例提供的一组用户界面的示意图;
图25a至图25c为本申请实施例提供的一组用户界面的示意图;
图26为本申请实施例提供的方法流程示意图;
图27a至图27c为本申请实施例提供的一组用户界面的示意图;
图28a至图28c为本申请实施例提供的一组用户界面的示意图;
图29a至图29c为本申请实施例提供的一组用户界面的示意图;
图30a至图30b为本申请实施例提供的一组用户界面的示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、详尽地描述。其中,在本申请 实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示或的意思,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;文本中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。
以下,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为暗示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征,在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。
在本申请中提及“实施例”意味着,结合实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特性可以包含在本申请的至少一个实施例中。在说明书中的各个位置出现该短语并不一定均是指相同的实施例,也不是与其它实施例互斥的独立的或备选的实施例。本领域技术人员显式地和隐式地理解的是,本申请所描述的实施例可以与其它实施例相结合。
在介绍本申请实施例涉及的技术方案之前,先对部分本申请实施例中的包含的术语进行解释。本申请实施例中的包含的术语“事件”可以是电子设备的应用程序生成的数据,亦或者是用户订阅的推送消息。例如:用户通过事件备忘类应用程序记录的会议,生活服务类应用程序预定的航班,运动健康类应用程序制定的作息或者运动计划,又或者是无需用户操作,电子设备自动安排的事件,例如,天气预报类应用程序生成的天气的事件。上述应用程序可以是系统应用程序,或者是第三方应用程序,或者是电子设备通过云服务器注册的微服务。
可以理解,事件还可以有对应的事件信息,事件的类型,事件的名称、发生的时间,或者还可能包括事件发生的地点。
事件的类型用于区别事件,可以包括:日程安排、出行、天气时钟等。可以理解,事件的类型可以与生成事件的电子设备的应用程序对应。
对于事件的名称、发生的时间以及事件发生的地点来说,以会议类事件为例,会议类事件可以包括的会议名称、会议时间包括开始时间和结束时间,以及会议地点等,其中,当该会议为线上会议时,可能不包括会议地点这一信息。又例如出行类事件可能包括出行名称、出行时间和出行地点,其中,出行地点可以包括出发地和目的地等。关于各类事件的信息具体可以参考后文方法实施例的相关描述,在此暂不赘述。
本申请实施例中的包含的术语“桌面卡片”可以是一种电子设备的屏幕中的显示区域,即是一种屏幕中的内容展现形式,用于显示事件,也就是应用程序的数据,可以弥补应用程序无法及时展示用户所关心的数据。对用户来说,桌面卡片往往位于电子设备的屏幕中比较醒目的位置,电子设备可以通过桌面卡片显示用户想要随时了解的事件,比如,用户预定了当天的会议,桌面卡片可以展示当天的会议。桌面卡片可以包括文本、图标、按钮、菜单、选项卡、文本框、对话框、状态栏、导航栏、Widget、图片等可视的界面元素。可以理解,多张桌面卡片可以依次互相堆叠,形成桌面卡片集,用户可以通过对桌面卡片执行操作,切换显示不同的桌面卡片。可以理解,电子设备可以为每一种类型的事件设置一种对应的桌面卡片,用于显示该事件对应的事件信息。
在本申请的实施例中,这里的桌面卡片还可以特指YOYO建议桌面卡片,用户可以通过电子设备安装的应用程序“YOYO”智慧助手对YOYO建议桌面卡片进行设置,多张YOYO建议桌面卡片可以通过堆叠的方式在电子设备的屏幕中显示YOYO建议桌面卡片集。
参考图1a至图1c,图1a至图1c示例性示出电子设备100在外屏和内屏的桌面中显示包括事件对应的桌面卡片的用户界面。
如图1a所示,用户界面110即电子设备100的外屏的桌面。用户界面110中显示有天气时钟的桌面卡片101。其中,天气时钟的桌面卡片101显示当前的时间信息和天气信息,例如:当前时间为上午“08:00”,天气信息为“多云”等。用户界面110中还显示有其他应用程序图标,如:“图库”等,以及常用应用程序图标,如:“电话”等。
当电子设备100在如图1a所示的用户界面110中接收到用户在桌面卡片101执行的向下滑动的操作,响应于该操作,电子设备100显示图1b所示的电子设备100的外屏的用户界面120。用户界面120中显示有日程安排的桌面卡片102。也就是说,天气时钟的桌面卡片101和日程安排的桌面卡片102可以通过堆叠的方式,以桌面卡片集的方式显示在用户界面110和用户界面120中。其中,日程安排的桌面卡片102显示有用户待参加的会议,例如08:30-09:30的“UI设计方案讨论”,和09:30开始的“个人事务中心会议纪要”,同时,由于日程安排的桌面卡片102的大小限制,日程安排的桌面卡片102的下方还会显示“还有其他2个日程”,用户可以点击日程安排的桌面卡片102进一步查看具体的会议,在此暂不赘述。
如图1c所示,当用户展开电子设备100的内屏后,电子设备100显示图1c所示的电子设备100的内屏的用户界面130,用户界面130中显示的卡片为与外屏对应的日程安排的桌面卡片102,其中,日程安排的桌面卡片102、其他应用程序图标以及常用应用程序图标的位置会随着内屏的尺寸大小或者比例进行调整。例如:日程安排的桌面卡片102中显示的日历以及会议信息之间的间距会放大。
可以理解的是,图1a至图1c仅仅示例性示出了电子设备100的外屏的用户界面110和内屏的用户界面120,不应构成对本申请实施例的限定。
可见,通过上述电子设备的显示方法,在用户展开电子设备的内屏后,电子设备可以根据内屏的大小或者比例调整桌面卡片的显示方式。但是对用户来说,桌面卡片中显示的事件往往都是用户比较关注的内容,或者是对用户的生活、工作带来重要影响的内容。例如:桌面卡片中的事件可以是用户通过会议类应用程序安排的会议;又或者是,用户通过生活服务类应用程序预定的航班;又或者是无需用户操作,电子设备自动安排的事件,例如:天气预报类应用程序中生成的天气事件。而包含多张桌面卡片的桌面卡片集的显示方式并不会随着电子设备的屏幕的尺寸大小或者比例进行调整,影响了用户体验。
为了解决上述问题,本申请实施例提供了一种电子设备的桌面卡片的显示方法。在该方法中,电子设备可以根据预设显示规则,调整在电子设备的不同的屏幕中桌面卡片的显示方式,若电子设备当前使用的屏幕为外屏,电子设备可以在外屏中显示多张桌面卡片,多张桌面卡片可以通过堆叠的桌面卡片集的形式展示;若用户展开电子设备的内屏后,电子设备可以根据折叠屏的内屏与外屏的尺寸大小或者比例,调整内屏中的桌面卡片的显示方式,例如:通过平铺的方式,在内屏显示多张桌面卡片;若用户执行了改变内屏中的桌面卡片的操作并合上内屏后,电子设备可以在外屏中显示用户最后改变的桌面卡片。同时,在一段时间后,电子设备还可以根据桌面卡片的优先顺序,对桌面卡片自动排序,显示优先顺序较高的桌面卡片。可以理解,这里的优先顺序可以是根据桌面卡片包含的事件对应的,诸如:时间信息,地点信息等确定的;优先顺序也可以是应用程序“YOYO”智慧助手对桌面卡片设置的YOYO 建议顺序,例如:YOYO建议顺序可以是桌面卡片集中多个桌面卡片的显示先后顺序。
通过实施本申请实施例提供的显示方法后,在电子设备从折叠屏的外屏切换至内屏后,电子设备可以根据预设显示规则,如:电子设备可以根据内屏与外屏的尺寸大小或者比例,改变内屏中桌面卡片的显示方式,同时在内屏中显示多张桌面卡片;在电子设备从内屏切换至外屏后,电子设备可以在外屏中显示用户最后改变的桌面卡片。以便用户在使用尺寸较大的电子设备的内屏时,电子设备的内屏能够显示更多的桌面卡片,而当用户对桌面卡片进行过调整,合上内屏使用外屏时,外屏中能够显示最后调整的桌面卡片中的事件信息,提高用户体验。
为了更加清楚、详细地介绍本申请实施例提供的提示方法,下面先介绍本申请实施例提供实施该方法所涉及的电子设备100。电子设备100可以是手机、平板电脑、可穿戴设备、车载设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)/虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、笔记本电脑、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer,UMPC)、上网本、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)等具有显示屏的设备,本申请实施例对电子设备的具体类型不作任何限制。
图2是本申请实施例提供的一例电子设备100的结构示意图。如图2所示,电子设备(如手机)可以包括:处理器210,外部存储器接口220,内部存储器221,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口230,充电管理模块240,电源管理模块241,电池242,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块250,无线通信模块260,音频模块270,扬声器270A,受话器270B,麦克风270C,耳机接口270D,传感器模块280,按键290,马达291,指示器292,摄像头293,显示屏294,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口295等。
其中,上述传感器模块280可以包括压力传感器,陀螺仪传感器,气压传感器,磁传感器,加速度传感器,距离传感器,接近光传感器,指纹传感器,温度传感器,触摸传感器和环境光传感器等传感器。
可以理解的是,本实施例示意的结构并不构成对电子设备的具体限定。在另一些实施例中,电子设备可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。
处理器210可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器210可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,存储器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。
处理器210中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器210中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器210刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器210需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器210的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。
在一些实施例中,处理器210可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路 (inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。
可以理解的是,本实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对电子设备的结构限定。在另一些实施例中,电子设备也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。
电子设备通过GPU,显示屏294,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏294和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器210可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。
显示屏294用于显示图像,视频等。该显示屏294包括显示面板。
电子设备可以通过ISP,摄像头293,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏294以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。ISP用于处理摄像头293反馈的数据。摄像头293用于捕获静态图像或视频。在一些实施例中,电子设备可以包括1个或N个摄像头293,N为大于1的正整数。
外部存储器接口220可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展电子设备的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口220与处理器210通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。
内部存储器221可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器210通过运行存储在内部存储器221的指令,从而执行电子设备的各种功能应用以及数据处理。例如,在本申请实施例中,处理器210可以通过执行存储在内部存储器221中的指令,内部存储器221可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。
其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储电子设备使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据,电话本等)等。此外,内部存储器221可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。
可以理解的是,本申请实施例示意的结构并不构成对电子设备的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。
图3是本发明实施例的电子设备100的软件结构框图。
分层架构将软件分成若干个层,每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中,将Android系统分为四层,从上至下分别为应用程序层,应用程序框架层,安卓运行时(Android runtime)和系统库,以及内核层。
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。
如图3所示,应用程序包可以包括相机,日程安排,智慧出行,日历,天气,备忘录,和生活服务类、线上会议类等应用程序。
在本申请一些实施例中,用户可以对应用程序进行设置,电子设备响应于用户的设置,通过应用程序包生成事件。
下面基于图4所示的方法流程示意图来详细描述本申请实施例提供的显示方法。图4所示的方法可以由电子设备100的处理器执行相关的指令实现。
参考图4,该显示方法可以包括以下步骤:
S401:电子设备100设置桌面卡片。
在本申请的一些实施例中,桌面卡片可以适用于电子设备100的外屏和内屏,每一张桌面卡片可以显示一种类型的事件,即,一种应用程序的数据。用户可以通过电子设备100的应用程序来对桌面卡片进行设置。接下来仅以应用程序为“YOYO”智慧助手为例,来介绍本申请实施例提供的电子设备100设置桌面卡片的实施例。
参考图5a-图5d,图5a-图5d示例性示出电子设备100接收到的用户输入的设置桌面卡片的操作。
如图5a所示,电子设备100可以在在如图5a所示的用户界面510中接收到用户作用于设置图标的操作,响应于该操作,电子设备100显示图5b所示的设置提供的用户界面520。
图5b示例性示出了电子设备100显示的用户界面520。
如图5b所示,用户界面520显示有设置选项,例如“YOYO”智慧助手的选项521,和“YOYO”智慧助手对应的“更多”控件522。此外,还可以显示有其他选项如应用、电池、存储等等,和各个选项对应的更多关控件。当电子设备100在用户界面520中接收到用户作用于“更多”控件522上的操作,响应于该操作,电子设备100显示图5c所示的用户界面530。
图5c示例性示出了电子设备100显示的用户界面530。
如图5c所示,用户界面530显示有“YOYO”智慧助手提供的一些列功能选项,例如YOYO建议选项531,和YOYO建议对应的“更多”控件532,以及其他选项如智慧语音、辅助视觉、智慧识屏、情景智能、智能搜索等等和各个选项对应的“更多”控件。电子设备100在用户界面530中接收到用户作用于“更多”控件532上的操作,响应于该操作,电子设备100显示图5d所示的用户界面540。
如图5d所示,用户界面540显示YOYO建议对应的开关控件541,和YOYO建议所提供的事件列表,例如:日程安排,航班信息和运动信息。日程安排,航班信息和运动信息各自对应有开关控件542、开关控件543和开关控件544。当电子设备在用户界面540中接收到用户开启开关控件541,并开启了日程安排和航班信息的开关控件542和开关控件543时,在电子设备接收到用户通过应用程序输入事件信息来生成事件的操作后,电子设备可以设置事件对应的桌面卡片。例如,在电子设备接收到用户通过备忘类应用程序记录了会议,以及通过生活服务类应用程序预定了航班,电子设备可以分别设置日程安排和航班信息的桌面卡片。
接下来仅以用户通过日程安排应用程序和智慧出行应用程序为例来介绍本申请实施例中用户生成事件的实施例。
参考图6a-图6d,图6a-图6b示例性示出用户在日程安排应用程序中添加事件的操作;图6c-图6d示例性示出用户在智慧出行应用程序中添加事件的操作。
如图6a所示,当电子设备100在如图6a所示的用户界面610中接收到用户作用于日程 安排应用程序图标的操作,响应于该操作,电子设备100显示图6b所示的日程安排的用户界面620。
如图6b所示,用户界面620即用于新建日程的待编辑页面,该用户界面620可以包括取消图标621,确定图标622,页面标题例如新建日程,标题条目,地点条目,时间条目等等。其中,取消图标621可用于关闭该待编辑页面,确定图标622可以用于确定已编辑好的会议事件。标题条目可用于接收用户输入会议事件的标题,地点条目可用于接收用户输入的该会议事件的发生地点,时间条目可用于接收用户输入该会议事件发生的起止时间。
例如,用户可以输入该待办事件的名称为UI设计方案讨论,会议地点为北京大楼,会议时间为12月03日8:30-9:30,编辑完成后,电子设备100还可以接收到用户作用于确定图标622的操作,响应于该操作,电子设备100的日程安排应用程序中接收到用户已编辑的会议事件,即用户在日程安排中添加的会议事件。
如图6c所示,当电子设备100在如图6c所示的用户界面610中接收到用户作用于智慧出行应用程序图标的操作,响应于该操作,电子设备100显示图6d所示的智慧出行应用程序提供的用户界面630。其中,图6c所示的用户界面610与上文图6a所示的用户界面610相同,图6a中的用户界面610的文字说明也适用于图6c所示的用户界面610。
如图6d所示,用户界面630显示有与“北京到深圳的机票”相关的信息631,例如航班号起飞时间、起飞地点、着陆时间、着陆地点、飞机型号等,和预定控件632。当电子设备100在用户界面630中接收到用户作用于预定控件632的操作时,响应于该操作,电子设备100的日程安排应用程序中接收到用户已编辑的待办事件,即用户在日程安排中添加的事件。
可以理解的是,上文图6a-图6d仅仅示例性示出用户在日程安排应用程序和智慧出行应用程序中添加事件的用户界面,不应构成对本申请的限制。
在本申请的一些实施例中,桌面卡片显示的事件是无需用户操作,电子设备自动安排的事件,例如:电子设备的天气和日历应用程序中生成的天气事件和日历事件。
S402:电子设备100在外屏中显示桌面卡片。
电子设备100的内屏处于合上的状态,电子设备100可以通过外屏显示用户界面,并在电子设备100的应用程序生成了如图6a-图6d所示的事件的情况下,电子设备100可以根据外屏对应的显示规则在外屏的用户界面中显示包含应用程序的事件的桌面卡片。
可以理解,桌面卡片显示的事件可以是用户通过应用程序输入事件信息后生成的事件。例如,当电子设备100接收到用户在日程安排应用程序中通过输入日程安排的信息来添加日程安排的事件的操作后,电子设备100可以生成并显示包含日程安排的事件的桌面卡片;或者,当电子设备100接收到用户在智慧出行应用程序中通过输入航班的信息来预定航班的操作后,电子设备100可以生成并显示包含航班的事件的桌面卡片。
电子设备100根据外屏对应的显示规则在外屏的用户界面中显示包含应用程序的事件的桌面卡片可以包括如下情形。
在本申请的一些实施例中,在电子设备100生成了多张桌面卡片形成桌面卡片集的情况下,电子设备100可以在外屏的用户界面中通过堆叠的方式显示桌面卡片集,用户可以通过对桌面卡片执行手势操作,切换显示不同的桌面卡片。参考图7a-图7c,图7a-图7c示例性 示出用户对电子设备100的外屏的桌面卡片集执行的操作。
如图7a所示,用户界面710显示天气时钟的桌面卡片101。天气时钟的桌面卡片101可以是电子设备100设置的桌面卡片集中的默认桌面卡片。
当电子设备100在如图7a所示的用户界面710中接收到用户作用于天气时钟的桌面卡片101的向下滑动的操作,响应于该操作,电子设备100显示图7b所示的用户界面720,用户界面720中显示日程安排的桌面卡片102。
如图7b所示,当电子设备100在如图7b所示的用户界面720中接收到用户作用于日程安排的桌面卡片102的向下滑动的操作,响应于该操作,电子设备100显示图7c所示的用户界面730,用户界面730中显示航班信息的桌面卡片103。
可以理解,电子设备100可以将天气时钟的桌面卡片设置为桌面卡片集中默认显示的桌面卡片。
在本申请的一些实施例中,在电子设备100的外屏的用户界面显示桌面卡片集的情况下,电子设备100还可以基于桌面卡片集中包含的事件信息,切换显示桌面卡片集中不同的桌面卡片。
一种电子设备100切换显示桌面卡片集中不同的桌面卡片的方式可以是,电子设备100对事件的发生的时间进行检测,也就是,将桌面卡片集中包含的每一个事件的发生的时间与电子设备100记录的当前的时间进行比较,如果电子设备100确定存在一个目标事件的发生的时间与当前的时间之间的时间差小于等于预设时间阈值,如:30分钟,则电子设备100可以切换显示包括目标事件的桌面卡片。例如,日程安排的桌面卡片中包括一个事件为“UI设计方案讨论”,时间为“8:30-9:30”,会议地点为“北京大楼”,此时电子设备100获取“UI设计方案讨论”事件的发生的时间为8:30,若当前的时间为8:00,预设时间阈值为30分钟,电子设备100将发生的时间与当前的时间进行比较后,确定“UI设计方案讨论”事件的发生的时间与当前的时间之间的时间差等于预设时间阈值30分钟,电子设备100可以切换显示桌面卡片集中的日程安排的桌面卡片,例如:将桌面卡片集中的默认桌面卡片,也就是天气时钟的桌面卡片,切换为日程安排的桌面卡片。
S403:响应于用户展开内屏的操作,电子设备100在内屏中显示桌面卡片。
用户展开电子设备100的内屏的操作可以是,用户保持电子设备100的外屏显示包括桌面卡片的用户界面的状态下展开电子设备的内屏,在用户展开电子设备100的内屏后,电子设备100可以通过内屏显示用户界面,电子设备100可以基于内屏与外屏的尺寸大小或者比例,并根据内屏对应的显示规则在内屏的用户界面中显示包含应用程序的事件的桌面卡片。
电子设备100根据内屏对应的显示规则,在内屏的用户界面中显示包含应用程序的事件的桌面卡片可以包括如下情形。
在本申请的一些实施例中,基于电子设备100的内屏的尺寸大于电子设备100的外屏的尺寸,例如:内屏的尺寸与外屏的尺寸的比例接近于2:1,在电子设备100生成了多张桌面卡片形成第一桌面卡片集的情况下,电子设备100可以将第一桌面卡片集分成第一部分桌面卡片集和第二部分桌面卡片集,在内屏的用户界面中同时显示第一部分桌面卡片集和第二部分桌面卡片集。其中,第一部分桌面卡片集可以仅包括一张桌面卡片,并始终保持显示的状态,第二部分桌面卡片集可以包括一张或多张桌面卡片并通过堆叠的方式显示。第一部分 桌面卡片集和第二部分桌面卡片集可以并列显示在内屏的桌面上。
第一部分桌面卡片集中的桌面卡片可以是默认设置的桌面卡片,例如:默认设置的桌面卡片可以是天气时钟的桌面卡片。
用户展开电子设备100的内屏之前,若第一桌面卡片集中的桌面卡片为天气时钟的桌面卡片,则用户展开电子设备100的内屏之后,电子设备100的内屏的用户界面中,第二部分桌面卡片集的默认桌面卡片可以是:第一桌面卡片集中除了天气时钟的桌面卡片以外的卡片中优先顺序较高的桌面卡片,例如:包含即将开始的会议信息的日程安排的桌面卡片或者包含即将值机的航班的航班信息的桌面卡片。如果第二部分桌面卡片集包括多张卡片,第二部分桌面卡片集可以按照YOYO建议推荐的优先级顺序排列在内屏的桌面上。
用户展开电子设备100的内屏之前,若第一桌面卡片集中的桌面卡片为天气时钟的第一桌面卡片以外的第二桌面卡片,该第二桌面卡片可以为第一桌面卡片集中除了第一桌面卡片以外优先级最高的卡片,也可以不是除了第一桌面卡片以外优先级最高的卡片,本申请对此不做限定。用户展开电子设备100的内屏之后,第二部分桌面卡片集中显示的默认桌面卡片可以与用户展开电子设备100的内屏之前显示的第二桌面卡片保持一致。例如:用户展开电子设备100的内屏之前,第一桌面卡片集中的桌面卡片为日程安排的桌面卡片,则用户展开电子设备100的内屏之后,电子设备100的内屏的用户界面中的第二部分桌面卡片集的默认桌面卡片为日程安排的桌面卡片。
参考图8a-图8e,图8a-图8e示例性示出电子设备100的内屏显示的桌面卡片集的实施例。
如图8a所示,图8a示例性示出了电子设备100的外屏显示的用户界面810。用户界面810中显示天气时钟的桌面卡片101。当用户展开电子设备100的内屏后,如图8b所示,电子设备100的内屏显示用户界面820。由于内屏和外屏的尺寸接近于2:1,在该用户界面820中,第一部分桌面卡片集可以与第二部分桌面卡片集并列平行显示,其中,第一部分桌面卡片集可以仅包括天气时钟的桌面卡片101,并且电子设备100可以将天气时钟的桌面卡片101设置为固定显示,也就是,用户无法对天气时钟的桌面卡片101执行手势操作来切换桌面卡片;第二部分桌面卡片集可以通过堆叠的方式显示,如图8b所示,第二部分桌面卡片集显示日程安排的桌面卡片102,日程安排的桌面卡片102可以是第一桌面卡片集中的桌面卡片集中优先顺序较高的桌面卡片。
当电子设备100在如图8c所示的用户界面810中接收到用户作用于天气时钟的桌面卡片101的向下滑动的操作,响应于该操作,电子设备100显示图8d所示的用户界面830,用户界面830中显示航班信息的桌面卡片103。
当用户展开电子设备100的内屏后,如图8e所示,电子设备100的内屏显示用户界面840,如图8e所示。在该用户界面840中,第一部分桌面卡片集显示天气时钟的桌面卡片101;第二部分桌面卡片集默认显示航班信息的桌面卡片103。
在本申请的一些实施例中,用户可以通过对第二部分桌面卡片集执行手势操作,切换显示不同的桌面卡片;电子设备100可以响应于用户对内屏中的第二部分桌面卡片集的操作,改变内屏中显示的桌面卡片。
参考图9a-图9e,图9a-图9e示例性示出电子设备100响应于用户对内屏显示的桌面卡 片集执行的操作,切换桌面卡片的实施例。
当电子设备100在如图9a所示的用户界面910中接收到用户作用于日程安排的桌面卡片102的向下滑动的操作,响应于该操作,电子设备100显示图9b所示的用户界面920,用户界面920中显示航班信息的桌面卡片103。
如图9c所示,当电子设备100在如图9c所示的用户界面910中接收到用户作用于日程安排的桌面卡片102的向左滑动的操作,响应于该操作,电子设备100从第二部分桌面卡片集中删除日程安排的桌面卡片102。电子设备100显示图9b所示的用户界面930,用户界面930中显示航班信息的桌面卡片103。
上述日程安排的桌面卡片102的向左滑动的过程可以包括:日程安排的桌面卡片102向左滑动进入天气时钟的桌面卡片101的下方,接着从第二部分桌面卡片集中离开,在上述过程中,天气时钟的桌面卡片101始终保持显示,也就是说,日程安排的桌面卡片102向左滑动进入天气时钟的桌面卡片101的下方时,电子设备100可以将天气时钟的桌面卡片101设置为遮罩。
可以理解,在日程安排的桌面卡片102向左滑动进入天气时钟的桌面卡片101的下方的过程中,电子设备100的用户界面也可以弹出确认是否删除日程安排的桌面卡片102的提示,如图9e所示,电子设备100可以响应于用户的确认操作,从第二部分桌面卡片集中删除日程安排的桌面卡片102。
如图9d所示,当电子设备100在如图9d所示的用户界面910中接收到用户作用于日程安排的桌面卡片102的长按的操作,响应于该操作,电子设备100显示图9e所示的用户界面940,用户界面940中显示删除此卡片控件941,YOYO建议选项942和移除卡片集控件943。
当电子设备100在用户界面940中接收到用户作用于删除此卡片控件941的操作时,响应于该操作,电子设备100从第二部分桌面卡片集中删除日程安排的桌面卡片102,电子设备100显示图9b所示的用户界面920,用户界面920中显示航班信息的桌面卡片103。
当电子设备100在用户界面930中接收到用户作用于YOYO建议选项942的操作时,响应于该操作,电子设备100显示如图5d所示的用户界面540,用户可以开启/关闭事件对应的桌面卡片,重新对桌面卡片集进行设置。
当电子设备100在用户界面940中接收到用户作用于移除卡片集控件943的操作时,响应于该操作,电子设备100从内屏的用户桌面中移除第二部分桌面卡片集。
可以理解,在本申请的另一些实施例中,在电子设备100的内屏的用户界面显示第一部分桌面卡片集和第二部分桌面卡片集的情况下,电子设备100也可以基于第二部分桌面卡片集中包含的事件信息,切换显示第二部分桌面卡片集中不同的桌面卡片,也就是说,电子设备100也可以根据第二部分桌面卡片集中包含的事件信息的优先顺序,自行切换第二部分桌面卡片集中的桌面卡片,例如:这里的事件信息的优先顺序可以是根据事件信息对应的时间信息,地点信息以及重要程度信息确定的。
参考图10a-图10b,图10a-图10b示例性示出电子设备100自行切换的实施例。
如图10a所示,电子设备100显示外屏的用户界面1010,用户界面1010显示天气时钟的桌面卡片101。天气时钟的桌面卡片101可以是电子设备100设置的桌面卡片集中的默认 桌面卡片。例如:在当前的时间变为“8:20”时,当电子设备100检测到外屏中的桌面卡片集中的日程安排的桌面卡片102包含会议时间为“8:30-9:30”的会议安排,电子设备100显示图10b所示的用户界面1020,用户界面1020中显示日程安排的桌面卡片102,日程安排的桌面卡片102提示用户“8:30-9:30”举行的会议安排。再如:当电子设备100检测到用户通过智慧出行应用程序预定了车辆,并且电子设备100的当前位置信息(如:GPS信息(Global Positioning System,全球定位系统)向着机场的方向变化,则电子设备100可以确定用户当前正坐车前往机场,电子设备100可以在用户界面的桌面卡片集中显示航班信息的桌面卡片103。在桌面卡片集中的桌面卡片包含的事件都已经结束或者在预设的时间段内,未有新的事件产生,电子设备100的用户界面的桌面卡片集也可以切换回天气时钟的桌面卡片101。
可以理解,图10a-图10b示出的电子设备100可以根据外屏中的桌面卡片集中包含的事件信息的优先顺序切换桌面卡片集中的桌面卡片的实施方式,也可以适用于电子设备100的内屏中的第二部分桌面卡片集。
在本申请的另一些实施例中,电子设备100仅生成了包括天气时钟的桌面卡片,也就是,用户未通过电子设备100的应用程序生成任何事件,或者用户通过YOYO建议选项关闭了所有的事件,亦或者,用户移除了电子设备100的用户界面中的桌面卡片集,则电子设备100可以在外屏或者内屏的用户界面中,通过天气时钟微件的方式,显示天气时钟,以天气时钟微件的方式显示的天气时钟的背景可以与用户界面保持一致。
参考图10c-图10d,图10c-图10d示例性示出电子设备100通过天气时钟微件的方式显示的天气时钟的实施例。
如图10c所示,电子设备100显示外屏的用户界面1030,如图10d所示,电子设备100显示外屏的用户界面1040。在用户界面1030和用户界面1040中,天气时钟微件的背景与用户界面的背景保持一致,并且,天气时钟微件中的各个组件也符合用户界面的尺寸。
S404:响应于用户合上内屏的操作,电子设备100在外屏中显示桌面卡片。
用户合上电子设备100的内屏的操作可以是用户保持电子设备100的内屏显示包括桌面卡片的用户界面的状态下,合上电子设备的内屏;当用户再次合上电子设备100的内屏后,电子设备100可以通过外屏显示用户界面,并再次根据外屏对应的显示规则在外屏的用户界面中显示包含应用程序的事件的桌面卡片。
电子设备100根据外屏对应的显示规则,在外屏的用户界面中显示包含应用程序的事件的桌面卡片可以还包括如下情形。
在本申请的一些实施例中,在用户合上电子设备100的内屏之前,若电子设备100的内屏的第二部分桌面卡片集显示包括事件的桌面卡片,例如:日程安排的桌面卡片或者航班信息的桌面卡片,当用户再次合上电子设备100的内屏后,电子设备100可的外屏的用户界面显示上述事件的桌面卡片。
在一种可能的实现方式中,如果在内屏上,第二部分桌面卡片集按照优先级的顺序堆叠显示,那么在检测到内屏折叠后,在外屏合并堆叠显示第一部分桌面卡片集和第二部分桌面卡片集时,电子设备仍然可以按照第一部分桌面卡片集和第二部分桌面卡片集的优先级顺序堆叠显示在外屏上。优先级最高的卡片可以是第一部分桌面卡片集中的天气卡片,也可以是 第二部分桌面卡片集中的卡片。
在一种可能的实现方式中,如果在内屏上,用户对第二部分桌面卡片集的排列顺序进行了滑动操作,响应于滑动操作,第二部分桌面卡片集最上层显示的卡片为第二部分桌面卡片集中优先级最高的卡片以外的卡片,比如说第二部分桌面卡片集包括卡片a、卡片b和卡片c,卡片a的优先级最高,用户滑动后,第二部分桌面卡片集最上层显示的卡片b。这种情况下,在检测到内屏折叠后,在外屏合并堆叠显示第一部分桌面卡片集和第二部分桌面卡片集时,最上层显示卡片b,也就是,在折叠前,第二部分桌面卡片集最上层显示的卡片。
参考图11a-图11c,图11a-图11c示例性示出电子设备100的外屏显示的桌面卡片集的实施例。
如图11a所示,图11a示例性示出了电子设备100的内屏显示的用户界面1110。用户界面1110中的第一部分桌面卡片集显示天气时钟的桌面卡片101,第二部分桌面卡片集显示日程安排的桌面卡片102。当电子设备100在如图11a所示的用户界面1110中接收到用户作用于日程安排的桌面卡片102的向下滑动的操作,响应于该操作,电子设备100显示图11b所示的用户界面1120,用户界面1120中的第一部分桌面卡片集显示天气时钟的桌面卡片101,第二部分桌面卡片集显示航班信息的桌面卡片103。当用户合上电子设备100的内屏后,如图11c所示,电子设备100的外屏显示用户界面1130,用户界面1130中显示航班信息的桌面卡片103。
在本申请的一些实施例中,在电子设备100通过外屏显示用户桌面时,电子设备100仍可以通过步骤S402中描述的,响应用户对桌面卡片集执行的手势操作,或者基于桌面卡片集中包含的事件信息,切换显示桌面卡片集中不同的桌面卡片。
可以理解,在本申请的另一些实施例中,电子设备也可以使用图4所述的桌面卡片的显示方法,在负一屏中的用户界面中显示桌面卡片。
参考图12a-图12b,图12a-图12b示例性示出电子设备100的内屏显示负一屏中的桌面卡片的实施例。
如图12a所示,图12a示例性示出了电子设备100的外屏显示的用户界面1210。用户界面1210即电子设备100的外屏的负一屏。用户界面1210中显示有功能快捷入口区1211以及桌面卡片区1212。功能快捷入口区1211,可以包括至少一个功能入口图标,如,扫一扫图标、付款码图标和建康码图标等。
桌面卡片区1212可以包括多张桌面卡片,桌面卡片用于显示用户想要随时了解的事件。例如,已到开始时间的会议;正在运输途中的快递;已经预定的航班;当前的天气、时钟以及日历等。如图12a所示,桌面卡片区1212中显示有桌面卡片1213。桌面卡片1213可以是航班信息的桌面卡片。
当用户展开电子设备100的内屏后,如图12b所示,电子设备100的内屏显示用户界面1220。由于内屏的尺寸大于外屏的尺寸,例如:接近于2:1,在该用户界面1220中,电子设备100可以将桌面卡片集分成第一部分桌面卡片集和第二部分桌面卡片集,其中,第一部分桌面卡片集可以仅包括天气时钟的桌面卡片1214,并且电子设备100可以将天气时钟的桌面卡片1214设置为固定显示,也就是,用户无法对天气时钟的桌面卡片1214执行手势操作来切换桌面卡片;第二部分桌面卡片集显示航班信息的桌面卡片1213,航班信息的桌面卡 片1213可以是第一桌面卡片集中的桌面卡片集中排列于天气时钟的桌面卡片1213之后的桌面卡片。
可以理解,在图4所示的方法流程示意图中,用户界面中的桌面卡片可以用于显示应用程序生成的事件,例如:桌面卡片显示用户通过日程安排应用程序生成的会议。
在本申请实施例中,桌面卡片还可以用于显示图片,例如:电子设备的图库中保存的图片。但是,当用户展开电子设备的内屏后,电子设备可以根据内屏的大小或者比例调整桌面卡片中的图片的显示方式,例如:在电子设备通过桌面卡片显示图片的情况下,当用户展开电子设备的内屏后,桌面卡片中的图片会被拉伸,使得图片不协调,影响了用户体验。
为了解决上述问题,本申请实施例提供了一种电子设备的桌面卡片的显示方法。在该方法中,电子设备可以根据预设显示规则,调整在电子设备的不同的屏幕中桌面卡片中的显示内容的显示方式,若电子设备当前使用的屏幕为外屏,电子设备可以在外屏中桌面卡片可以显示单张图片;若用户展开电子设备的内屏后,电子设备可以根据折叠屏的内屏与外屏的尺寸大小或者比例,调整内屏中的桌面卡片中的显示内容的显示方式,例如:通过平铺的方式,在桌面卡片中显示多张图片,再如:在桌面卡片中显示将多张图片裁切拼接后得到的单张图片;若用户执行了改变内屏中的桌面卡片的显示内容的操作并合上内屏后,电子设备可以在外屏中的桌面卡片显示用户最后改变的显示内容。
下面以显示图片的桌面卡片为例,并参考图13来介绍本申请实施例提供的显示方法。在本实施例中,显示图片的桌面卡片可以是用户添加到电子设备的用户界面显示图库中的图片的桌面卡片,该桌面卡片可以是固定在用户界面上的,而不是根据电子设备的应用程序生成的事件,在用户界面上显示事件信息的桌面卡片。
在一种可能的实现方式中,在电子设备的用户界面上添加显示图片的桌面卡片的过程,可以是,在电子设备显示桌面的用户界面时,用户可以在用户界面执行一个双指捏合的操作,响应于双指捏合的操作,用户界面可以显示窗口小工具,窗口小工具有“图库”的选项,用户选中后,就可以在用户界面的空白区域添加图库的桌面卡片;用户可以在图库的桌面卡片执行一个长按的操作,响应于长按图库的桌面卡片的操作,电子设备可以对桌面卡片的形式、显示的图片进行编辑。
可以理解,本申请实施例提供的图库的桌面卡片适用于“智能精选”或者“指定相册”的图库,“智能精选”可以是电子设备提供的一种图片显示服务或图片显示功能,也就是,电子设备可以自动从图库中选择多张图片在桌面进行依次显示,并按照预设规则实时地向桌面卡片中增加图片进行依次显示。指定相册”可以是,在用户选定电子设备的图库中的一个相册之后,电子设备将在桌面卡片中依次显示用户选定的相册中的全部图片。
S1301:电子设备100在外屏中显示包含图片的桌面卡片。
电子设备100的内屏处于合上的状态,电子设备100可以通过外屏显示用户界面,电子设备100可以根据外屏对应的显示规则在外屏的用户界面中显示包含图片的桌面卡片,桌面卡片的数量可以是一个或多个。并且,电子设备100可以切换桌面卡片中显示的不同图片。参考图14a-图14b,图14a-图14b示例性示出用户对电子设备100的外屏的桌面卡片执行的操作。
如图14a所示,用户界面1410中的桌面卡片显示第一图片104。第一图片104可以是 电子设备100的图库应用程序设置的默认图片,或者,第一图片104可以是用户当前正在浏览的图片。
当电子设备100在如图14a所示的用户界面1410中接收到用户作用于显示第一图片104的桌面卡片的点击操作,响应于该操作,电子设备100可以打开图库应用程序显示第一图片104的全图。电子设备100还可以基于预设刷新阈值,如:5秒,刷新外屏的用户界面的桌面卡片中的图片,如图14b所示,在经过5秒后,电子设备100显示用户界面1420,用户界面1420中的桌面卡片刷新显示第二图片105,第二图片105可以是电子设备100的图库应用程序设置的排列于第一图片104之后的图片。
S1302:响应于用户展开内屏的操作,电子设备100在内屏中显示包含两张以上图片的桌面卡片。
在用户展开电子设备100的内屏后,电子设备100可以通过内屏显示用户界面,电子设备100可以基于内屏与外屏的尺寸大小或者比例,并根据内屏对应的显示规则在内屏的用户界面中显示包含图片的桌面卡片。
电子设备100根据内屏对应的显示规则在内屏的用户界面中显示包含图片的桌面卡片可以包括如下情形。
在本申请的一些实施例中,基于电子设备100的内屏的尺寸大于电子设备100的外屏的尺寸,例如:内屏的尺寸与外屏的尺寸的比例可以接近于2:1,电子设备100可以在内屏的用户界面中显示一张桌面卡片。其中,电子设备100的内屏中的桌面卡片的尺寸与电子设备100的外屏中的桌面卡片的尺寸之间的比例,可以满足内屏的尺寸与外屏的尺寸的比例,例如:电子设备100的内屏中的桌面卡片的尺寸与电子设备100的外屏中的桌面卡片的尺寸之间的比例可以接近于2:1。
电子设备100的内屏中的桌面卡片可以同时显示两张图片,即,第一图片和第二图片,第一图片和第二图片可以平行排列。
可以理解,电子设备100的内屏中的桌面卡片也可以仅显示一张图片,该图片可以是由第一图片和第二图片裁切拼接后得到的。
参考图15a-图15c,图15a-图15c示例性示出电子设备100的内屏显示的桌面卡片的实施例。
如图15a所示,图15a示例性示出了电子设备100的外屏显示的用户界面1510。用户界面1510中的桌面卡片显示第一图片104。当用户展开电子设备100的内屏后,如图15b所示,电子设备100的内屏显示用户界面1520。由于内屏和外屏的尺寸比例接近于2:1,在该用户界面1520中,桌面卡片可以显示第一图片104和第一图片105,第一图片104和第一图片105可以并列平行显示,第一图片105可以是电子设备100的图库应用程序设置的排列于第一图片104之后的图片。在另一本申请实施例中,桌面卡片也可以显示将第一图片104和第一图片105裁切拼接后得到的图片。
可以理解,当电子设备100在如图15b所示的用户界面1520中接收到用户作用于桌面卡片中的第一图片104或者第二图片105的点击操作,响应于该操作,电子设备100可以打开图库应用程序,显示第一图片104或者第二图片105的全图。电子设备100还可以基于预设刷新阈值,如:5秒,刷新外屏的用户界面的桌面卡片中的图片,如图15c所示,在经过 5秒后,电子设备100显示用户界面1530,用户界面1530中的桌面卡片刷新显示第三图片106和第四图片107。第三图片106和第四图片107可以是电子设备100的图库应用程序设置的排列于第二图片105之后的图片。
S1303:响应于用户合上内屏的操作,电子设备100在外屏中显示包含一个图片的桌面卡片。
当用户再次合上电子设备100的内屏后,电子设备100可以通过外屏显示用户界面,并再次根据外屏对应的显示规则,在外屏的用户界面中显示包含图片的桌面卡片。
电子设备100根据外屏对应的显示规则,在外屏的用户界面中显示包含图片的桌面卡片可以还包括如下情形。
参考图15c-图15d,图15c-图15d示例性示出电子设备100的外屏显示的桌面卡片的实施例。
如图15c所示,图15c示例性示出了电子设备100的内屏显示的用户界面1530。用户界面1530中的桌面卡片显示第三图片106和第四图片107。当用户合上电子设备100的内屏后,如图15d所示,电子设备100的外屏显示用户界面1540,用户界面1540中显示包含第四图片107的桌面卡片。这里的第四图片107可以是电子设备100的图库应用程序设置的排列于第三图片106之后的图片。
可以理解,在本申请的另一些实施例中,电子设备也可以响应于用户指定显示一张图片的操作,在电子设备的外屏和内屏中始终显示该指定的图片,也就是说,在用户展开内屏后,电子设备在内屏中,以及在用户合上内屏后,电子设备在外屏中,始终显示该指定的图片。电子设备通过桌面卡片显示的图片还可以是电子设备中的指定相册中包含的图片,这里的指定相册是指桌面卡片中刷新的图片是用户指定的电子设备中的一个相册里的图片。
通过图13描述的本申请实施例的显示方法,在电子设备从外屏展开至内屏后,电子设备可以充分利用内屏的显示区域,通过多张桌面卡片显示更多的图片,并在合上内屏后,电子设备的外屏可以显示图库应用程序切换显示的最新一张图片,提高了用户体验。
在本申请实施例中,桌面卡片除了可以显示图库中的图片,还可以用于显示推荐的一组图片中的一张图片,为了与上述图片区分,可以称作时刻图片或者时刻视频,桌面卡片在显示时刻图片时,还可以显示第一播放控件和该一组图片的标识。这里的一组图片可以是一种从电子设备的图库应用程序保存的图片中选择的部分图片,该一组图片的标识可以用于指示这一组图片的主题,标识可以是根据时间、地点、事件等生成的,比如说,电子设备检测到在春节期间生成的多张图片,电子设备可以从多张图片中推荐出部分或全部图片作为上述的一组图片,在桌面卡片中显示其中的一张图片,并显示第一播放控件和这组图片的标识“新春快乐”。
在接收到针对第一播放控件的点击操作时,响应于该点击操作,电子设备可以显示播放时刻图片或者时刻视频的播放界面。在播放界面中,可以包括第二播放控件,响应于用户点击第二播放控件,电子设备可以播放上述一组图片组成的视频。在一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备可以将多张图片按照预先设置的顺序排列生成视频,这样,在用户点击第二播放控件时,电子设备可以以视频帧的形式展示多张图片。
图16a-图16d示例性示出电子设备100的外屏和内屏的桌面卡片的实施例。
如图16a所示,图16a示例性示出了电子设备100的外屏显示的用户界面1610。用户界面1610中的桌面卡片显示时刻图片包含的第四图片107,可以看出,用户界面1610中的桌面卡片还可以包括播放图标1611以及时刻图片的名称,如:户外运动和当前日期。例如,用户可以点击该播放图标1611或者用户还可以点击播放图标1611之外的区域,响应于该操作,如图16b所示,图16b示例性示出了电子设备100的外屏显示的用户界面1620,电子设备100可以在用户界面1620中打开视频播放程序播放时刻图片108。
当用户展开电子设备100的内屏后,如图16c所示,电子设备100的内屏显示用户界面1630。在该用户界面1630中,桌面卡片可以同时显示时刻图片包含的第一图片104和第四图片107以及时刻图片的名称,如:户外运动和当前日期,还显示有第一播放控件,如播放图标1611。当电子设备100在如图16c所示的用户界面1630中接收到用户作用于桌面卡片的任意位置的点击操作,例如,作用于第一图片104、第四图片107或者播放图标1611的点击操作,响应于该操作,如图16d所示,图16d示例性示出了电子设备100的内屏显示的用户界面1640,电子设备100可以在用户界面1640中播放时刻图片108。
通过上述实施例描述了电子设备的用户界面中的桌面卡片中的显示内容的显示方法,在本申请实施例中,电子设备的用户界面中的桌面卡片的宽度和高度还可以调节,电子设备可以根据桌面卡片的高度和宽度,调整图片的宽度和高度,使得图片的宽度和高度满足桌面卡片的高度和宽度中较小的一方,接着,电子设备会单独调整图片的宽度或者高度,例如:对图片的宽度或者高度进行裁切或者拉伸,使得图片的宽度或者高度满足桌面卡片的高度和宽度中较大的一方。
参考图17a-图17c,图17a-图17c示例性示出电子设备100的外屏的桌面卡片的实施例。
如图17a所示,图17a示例性示出了电子设备100的外屏显示的用户界面1710。用户界面1710中的桌面卡片显示第一图片104,可以看出,用户界面1710中的桌面卡片的高度相较于宽度是较小的一方,因此,电子设备100会先调整第一图片104的宽度和高度,例如:电子设备100先通过等比例缩放的方式将第一图片104的高度调整至与用户界面1710中的桌面卡片的高度一致,接着,电子设备100在将第一图片104的宽度拉伸,使得第一图片104的宽度和高度都满足用户界面1710中的桌面卡片的宽度和高度,导致第一图片104的宽度过宽,影响第一图片104的美观。
在本申请实施例中,电子设备可以获取用户界面中的桌面卡片的宽度和高度,若桌面卡片的宽度和高度之间的比例达到预设比例阈值,用户界面中的桌面卡片中可以显示多张图片,使得桌面卡片中的图片更加美观。
如图17b所示,图17b示例性示出了电子设备100的外屏显示的用户界面1720。电子设备100可以获取用户界面1720中的桌面卡片的宽度和高度,电子设备100确定用户界面1720中的桌面卡片的的宽度和高度之间的比例为,例如:桌面卡片的宽度和高度达到预设比例阈值3:1,若预设比例阈值为2:1,则电子设备100可以在用户界面1720中的桌面卡片中,同时平行显示第一图片104和第二图片105。可以理解,预设比例阈值也可以为1:2,也就是说,若电子设备100确定用户界面1720中的桌面卡片的宽度和高度达到预设比例阈值1:2,则电子设备100可以在用户界面1720中的桌面卡片中,同时垂直显示第一图片104和第二图片105。
在本申请实施例中,电子设备还可以响应于用户对用户界面中的桌面卡片的宽度和高度进行调整的操作,电子设备可以根据调整后的用户界面中的桌面卡片的宽度和高度,实时地改变用户界面中的桌面卡片中显示图片的数量和位置。
如图17c所示,图17c示例性示出了电子设备100的外屏显示的用户界面1730。电子设备100显示用户界面1730,在用户界面1730,用户可以拖拽用户界面1730的桌面卡片的外框调整桌面卡片的宽度和高度之间的比例。例如:用户将用户界面1730的桌面卡片的宽度和高度之间的比例调整为1:2,若预设比例阈值也为1:2,则电子设备100可以在用户界面1720中的桌面卡片中,同时垂直显示第一图片104和第二图片105。
在本申请实施例中,若电子设备响应于用户对用户界面中的桌面卡片的宽度和高度进行调整的操作,电子设备还可以根据用户执行的操作的方向,实时地改变用户界面中的桌面卡片中显示图片的数量和位置。
参考图17d-图17h,图17d-图17h示例性示出电子设备100的外屏的桌面卡片的实施例。
图17d示例性示出了电子设备100的外屏显示的用户界面1740。电子设备100显示用户界面1740,用户界面1740中的桌面卡片显示第一图片104。用户可以拖拽用户界面1740的桌面卡片的外框调整桌面卡片的宽度和高度之间的比例,改变用户界面中的桌面卡片中显示图片的数量和位置。例如:用户向右拖拽用户界面1740的桌面卡片的外框后,如图17e所示,电子设备100显示用户界面1750。用户界面1750中显示包含第一图片104和第二图片105的桌面卡片,第一图片104和第二图片105可以平行排列。
继续参考图17e,用户向左拖拽用户界面1740的桌面卡片的右侧的外框后,也就是用户向右拖拽了桌面卡片的外框后又再次反向拖拽桌面卡片的外框,如图17f所示,电子设备100显示用户界面1760。用户界面1760中显示包含第一图片104的桌面卡片。
继续参考图17g,用户向右拖拽用户界面1770的桌面卡片的左侧的外框,也就是在用户拖拽桌面卡片的右侧的外框将桌面卡片拉伸后,又向右拖拽拉伸后的桌面卡片的左侧的外框,使得桌面卡片缩小,如图17h所示,电子设备100显示用户界面1780。用户界面1780中显示包含第一图片105的桌面卡片。
通过图17d-图17h所示的实施例,电子设备可以根据用户对用户界面中的桌面卡片的操作的方向来确定桌面卡片中需要保留显示的图片。
可以理解,除了图17a至图17e所示的作用于桌面卡片的横向操作,图17a至图17e所示的实施方式也可以适用于对桌面卡片的纵向操作,并且电子设备100的外屏的桌面卡片的实施例也可以适用于电子设备100的内屏。
在图4和图13所示的方法流程示意图中,电子设备于桌面的用户界面中显示桌面卡片,下面以电子设备于负一屏的用户界面中显示桌面卡片为例,来介绍本申请实施例提供的显示方法。
这里的负一屏可以是电子设备最左侧分屏,负一屏可以用于显示事件,图片等,例如,这里的事件可以是用户通过电子设备的应用程序生成的数据,也可以是用户订阅的推送消息等。在负一屏中,上述事件可以采用桌面卡片的形式呈现。
参考图18a至图18b,图18a至图18b示例性示出电子设备100在外屏和内屏的负一屏中显示的桌面卡片的用户界面。
如图18a所示,用户界面1810即电子设备100的外屏的负一屏。用户界面1810中显示有功能快捷入口区1811以及桌面卡片区1812。
功能快捷入口区1811,可以包括至少一个功能入口图标,如,扫一扫图标、付款码图标和建康码图标等。功能入口图标与应用程序的指定功能对应。在电子设备100接收到针对功能入口图标的操作,可启用对应的功能。比如,接收到对扫一扫图标的操作时,可启用扫码功能。
桌面卡片区1812可以包括多张桌面卡片,桌面卡片用于显示用户想要随时了解的事件。例如,已到开始时间的会议;正在运输途中的快递;已经预定的航班;当前的天气、时钟以及日历等。如图18a所示,桌面卡片区1812中显示有桌面卡片1813,桌面卡片1814、桌面卡片1815、桌面卡片1816、桌面卡片1817、桌面卡片1818、桌面卡片1819以及桌面卡片1820。
在本申请实施例中,用户界面1810中的桌面卡片区1812显示的多张桌面卡片之间存在排序规则。该排序规则用于指示多张桌面卡片在负一屏中的排列顺序。该排列顺序可以依据桌面卡片的创建时间、优先级而确定,例如:该排序规则可以是依据桌面卡片的创建时间、优先级从左至右,从上至下排列。可以理解,用户也可以自主调整。例如,桌面卡片主要以创建时间进行排序,如果同时出现多张创建时间相同的桌面卡片时,可以根据该多张桌面卡片的优先级进行排布。此后,如果电子设备接收指示调整桌面卡片排序的操作,电子设备可以响应于该操作,调整已有的桌面卡片之间的排列顺序。
当用户展开电子设备100的内屏后,如图18b所示,电子设备100的内屏显示用户界面1820,用户界面1820即电子设备100的内屏的负一屏。用户界面1820中显示有功能快捷入口区1821以及桌面卡片区1822。由于电子设备100的内屏和外屏的尺寸不同,功能快捷入口区1821中的图标与功能快捷入口区1811中的图标的数量不同;而桌面卡片区1822中的桌面卡片的排列顺序与桌面卡片区1812的中的桌面卡片的排列顺序相同,但是,桌面卡片区1822中的桌面卡片的排列样式与桌面卡片区1812中的桌面卡片的排列样式不同。并且,部分桌面卡片在桌面卡片区1822中的尺寸也可以不同于该桌面卡片在桌面卡片区1812中的尺寸。例如,桌面卡片区1812中的桌面卡片1820与桌面卡片区1822中的桌面卡片1820为同一张桌面卡片,但桌面卡片区1812中的桌面卡片1820的宽度大于桌面卡片区1822中的桌面卡片1820的宽度。再如,桌面卡片区1812中的桌面卡片以两列的排列样式排列,而桌面卡片区1822中的桌面卡片以三列的排列样式排列。
由于电子设备的内屏中的桌面卡片的增加、减少和显示位置的调整等影响到桌面卡片的排列顺序,而桌面卡片在电子设备的内屏和外屏中的尺寸和排列样式存在差异,如果内屏中显示的桌面卡片没有对应的排序规则,一旦用户改变内屏中显示的一张桌面卡片的位置之后,其他桌面卡片之间的排列顺序也会受影响,产生桌面卡片的排列顺序混乱的问题,
为了解决上述问题,本申请实施例提供了一种电子设备的桌面卡片的显示方法,用于管理桌面卡片的排布问题,提升用户使用桌面卡片的体验。
参考图19,图19示例性示出电子设备100的内屏显示的负一屏的桌面卡片区1822。电子设备100依据排列顺序,在桌面卡片区1822中,从左至右,从上至下地排布桌面卡片。另外,从左至右的排序规则,优先于从上至下的排序规则,也就是,相较于右下方的显示区 域,电子设备可以将卡片优先排布于左上方的显示区域。其中,图19中的“上”、“下”、“左”、“右”可以是以桌面卡片区1822为参照物,所确定的方向。
例如,如图19所示,桌面卡片1813,桌面卡片1814、桌面卡片1815、桌面卡片1816、桌面卡片1817、桌面卡片1818、桌面卡片1819以及桌面卡片1820依次排列。电子设备可以将桌面卡片1813排布于桌面卡片区1822的左上侧。桌面卡片1813的右侧,也就是,桌面卡片区1822的右上侧,还足够用于排布桌面卡片1814和桌面卡片1815。这样,电子设备可以将桌面卡片1814和桌面卡片1815排布于桌面卡片区1822的右上侧。此时,由于桌面卡片1814、桌面卡片1815的高度小于桌面卡片1813的高度,因此桌面卡片1814、桌面卡片1815的下侧还有排列区域。桌面卡片1816和桌面卡片1817的宽度与桌面卡片1814、桌面卡片1815的宽度相同,电子设备可以将桌面卡片1816和桌面卡片1817排布于桌面卡片1813的右侧,也就是,电子设备可以将桌面卡片1816和桌面卡片1817排布于桌面卡片1814、桌面卡片1815的下侧。电子设备可以将桌面卡片1818排布于桌面卡片1813的下侧,桌面卡片1819排布于桌面卡片1818的右侧。由于桌面卡片1820的宽度大于桌面卡片1819的右侧的排列区域的宽度,电子设备无法将桌面卡片1820排布于桌面卡片1819的右侧,电子设备可以将桌面卡片1820排布于桌面卡片1818和桌面卡片1819的下侧。
这样,桌面卡片1819的右侧以及桌面卡片1818与桌面卡片1820之间存在空置的排列区域。
在本申请的一些实施例中,继续参考图19,桌面卡片区1822中可以排布多种类型的桌面卡片,如,S型卡片、M型卡片以及L型卡片。其中,M型卡片的尺寸约为S型卡片的尺寸的两倍。如,两张S型卡片无间距拼接后所占显示区域,与M型卡片所占显示区域大小相同。另外,L型卡片的尺寸也约为M型卡片的三倍。例如,桌面卡片区1822中的桌面卡片1814、桌面卡片1815均为S型卡片;桌面卡片1813、桌面卡片1816、桌面卡片1817、桌面卡片1818、桌面卡片1819均为M型卡片,桌面卡片1820为L型卡片。电子设备100也可以根据从左往右,从上至下的排序规则排布不同类型的桌面卡片。
在本申请的另一些实施例中,桌面卡片区1822中还可以排布XL型卡片,XL型卡片的尺寸约为L型卡片的尺寸的两倍。
在本申请的一些实施例中,S型卡片可以是高度为1、长度为2(即,1*2尺寸)的卡片,M型卡片可以是高度为2、长度为2(即,2*2尺寸)的卡片,L型卡片为高度为2、长度为6(即,2*6尺寸)的卡片;XL型卡片为高度为4、长度为6(即,4*6尺寸)的卡片。
下面参考图20,图20示例性示出电子设备100按照从左至右、从上至下的排序规则,在内屏显示的负一屏的桌面卡片区1822中,排布不同类型的桌面卡片的示例。为了方便本领域技术人员理解排布桌面卡片的原理,在图20中,采用桌面卡片类型和不同数字,指代不同的桌面卡片。例如,如图20所示,采用S1指代桌面卡片1814,该卡片桌面卡片1814为S型卡片。采用S2指代桌面卡片1815,该桌面卡片1815为S型卡片。采用M1指代桌面卡片1813,该卡片桌面卡片1813为M型卡片。采用M2指代桌面卡片1816,该桌面卡片1816为M型卡片。采用M3指代桌面卡片1817,该桌面卡片1817为M型卡片。采用M4指代桌面卡片1818,该桌面卡片1818为M型卡片。采用M5指代桌面卡片1819,该桌面卡片1819为M型卡片。采用L1指代桌面卡片1820,该桌面卡片1820为L型卡片。
另外,为了方便本领域技术人员理解排布卡片的原理,在图20中,还采用序号标注了桌面卡片之间的排列顺序。其中,桌面卡片对应的序号越小,指示该桌面卡片的排列位置越靠前。例如,如图20所示,桌面卡片1813上标注有(M1,1),该标注中的M1指代桌面卡片1813,标注中的序号1表示桌面卡片1813在桌面卡片1813,桌面卡片1814、桌面卡片1815、桌面卡片1816、桌面卡片1817、桌面卡片1818、桌面卡片1819以及桌面卡片1820中排列于第一位。桌面卡片1814上标注有(S1,2),该标注中的S1指代桌面卡片1814,标注中的序号2表示桌面卡片1814排列于第二位。桌面卡片1815上标注有(S2,3),该标注中的S2指代桌面卡片1815,标注中的序号3表示桌面卡片1815排列于第三位。桌面卡片1816上标注有(M2,4),该标注中的M2指代桌面卡片1816,标注中的序号4表示桌面卡片1816排列于第四位。桌面卡片1817上标注有(M3,5),该标注中的M3指代桌面卡片1817,标注中的序号5表示桌面卡片1817排列于第五位。桌面卡片1818上标注有(M4,6),该标注中的M4指代桌面卡片1818,标注中的序号6表示桌面卡片1818排列于第六位。桌面卡片1819上标注有(M5,7),该标注中的M5指代桌面卡片1819,标注中的序号7表示桌面卡片1819排列于第七位。桌面卡片1820上标注有(L1,8),该标注中的L1指代桌面卡片1820,标注中的序号8表示桌面卡片1820排列于第八位。可以理解,桌面卡片的序号是可变的。例如,在桌面卡片所对应的排列位置改变后,所对应的序号也会改变。
在本申请的一些实施例中,电子设备100可以按照从左至右,从上至下的排序规则,再根据每张桌面卡片的排列顺序,也就是,桌面卡片的创建时间、优先级,确保每一张桌面卡片都可以排布于电子设备100的内屏显示的负一屏的桌面卡片区1822。
继续参考图20,(M1,1)排列于第一位。电子设备可以先确定M1的排布位置。此时,整个桌面卡片区1822均属于M1的排列区域。这样,电子设备按照从左至右,从上至下的排序规则,确定M1在桌面卡片区1822中的排布位置。如,电子设备可以确定M1排布于桌面卡片区1822的左上侧,这样,M1与桌面卡片区1822的左边缘和上边缘相邻。在确定M1的排布位置之后,电子设备继续确定(S1,2)的排布位置。对于(S1,2),M1右侧的排列区域和M1下侧的排列区域,均能够容纳S1,也就是说,均属于S1的排列区域。电子设备依据排序规则,优先将S1排布于M1右侧的排列区域。这样,S1与M1在桌面卡片区1822中水平排布,也就是,S1和M1的上边缘处于相同的高度。对于(S2,3),S1右侧的排列区域和S1下侧的排列区域,均能够容纳S2,电子设备依据排序规则,优先将S2排布于S1右侧的排列区域。S2与S1在桌面卡片区1822中水平排布,也就是,S1和S2的上边缘处于相同的高度。对于(M2,4),M1右侧的排列区域和M1下侧的排列区域,均能够容纳M2,电子设备依据排序规则,优先将M2排布于M1右侧的排列区域。M2与M1在桌面卡片区1822中水平排布,M1和M2的上边缘不处于相同的高度,M2的上边缘与S1的下边缘对齐。对于(M3,5),M2右侧的排列区域和S2下侧的排列区域,均能够容纳M2,电子设备依据排序规则,优先将M3排布于M2右侧的排列区域。M3与M2在桌面卡片区1822中水平排布,M1和M2的上边缘处于相同的高度,M3的上边缘与S2的下边缘对齐。对于(M4,6),M1下侧的排列区域,能够容纳M4,电子设备依据排序规则,优先将M4排布于M1下侧的排列区域。M4与M1在桌面卡片区1822中垂直排布,M4的上边 缘与M1的下边缘对齐。对于(M5,6),M4右侧的排列区域和M4下侧的排列区域,均能够容纳M5,电子设备依据排序规则,优先将M5排布于M4右侧的排列区域。M5与M4在桌面卡片区1822中水平排布,M5和M4的上边缘不处于相同的高度,M5的上边缘与M2的下边缘对齐。对于(L1,8),L型桌面卡片尺寸较大,不能与其他类型的桌面卡片水平排布。电子设备按照排序规则,可以确定L1排布在M5的下侧,L1的上边缘靠近M5的下边缘。L1与M4以及M3之间,都存在可以排布其他类型的桌面卡片的排列区域。
按照这样的方式排布桌面卡片,电子设备可以确保内屏显示的负一屏的桌面卡片区1822中桌面卡片有序排布,并且可以实现排列在前的桌面卡片能够优先显示,可以有效地利用显示资源。
在本申请的一些实施例中,在电子设备接收到对桌面卡片的操作后,也会响应于对桌面卡片的操作调整桌面卡片的排布。其中,对桌面卡片的操作可以包括添加桌面卡片、删除桌面卡片以及调整桌面卡片的排布位置等。
下面基于图21所示的方法流程示意图来详细描述本申请实施例提供的桌面卡片的显示方法。图21所示的方法可以由电子设备100的处理器执行相关的指令实现。
参考图21,该显示方法可以包括以下步骤:
S2101:在显示负一屏期间,电子设备100接收添加桌面卡片操作。
在本申请的一些实施例中,添加桌面卡片操作可以是用户在电子设备100的内屏显示的负一屏中执行的操作,例如,添加桌面卡片操作可以是用户创建电子设备100的应用程序对应的桌面卡片的操作。
参考图22a-图22c,图22a-图22c示例性示出电子设备100的内屏显示的桌面卡片的实施例。
如图22a所示,图22a示例性示出了电子设备100的内屏显示的用户界面2210。用户界面2210可以是电子设备100的内屏显示的负一屏,用户界面2210中显示包含用于打开桌面卡片添加界面的控件2211。在电子设备100接收到用户对控件2211的操作,如点击操作时,如图22b所示,电子设备100的内屏显示用户界面2220,用户界面2220中显示包含用于指示返回的控件2221。可以理解,在电子设备100接收到用户对控件2221的操作,如点击操作时,如图22a所示,电子设备100的内屏再次显示用户界面2210。
S2102:电子设备100响应于该添加桌面卡片操作,创建目标桌面卡片。
在本申请的一些实施例中,如图22b所示,用户界面2220中罗列了可添加和已添加的桌面卡片的类型,以及添加控件2222。在电子设备100接收到用户对控件2222的操作,如点击操作时,如图22c所示,电子设备100的内屏显示的桌面卡片区1822中,可以新增桌面卡片1823,也就是,目标桌面卡片。
S2103:电子设备100确定目标桌面卡片与其他桌面卡片之间的排列顺序后,电子设备排布桌面卡片。
在本申请的一些实施例中,在显示目标桌面卡片之前,电子设备100可以确定目标桌面卡片和电子设备100的内屏显示的桌面卡片区1822中已有的桌面卡片之间的排列顺序。
参考图23a-图23c,图23a-图23c示例性示出电子设备100的内屏显示的桌面卡片区1822中排布桌面卡片的实施例。
如图23a所示,目标桌面卡片1823为L型卡片。此时,M5右侧的显示空间并不能容纳目标桌面卡片1823,这样,电子设备100可以将卡片排布在M5的下侧。电子设备100将目标桌面卡片1823标注为(L1,8)。
再如,如图23b所示,目标桌面卡片1823为M型卡片。此时,M5右侧的排列区域可以容纳该目标桌面卡片1823,M4的下侧的排列区域也可以容纳该目标桌面卡片1823。然而,电子设备按照从左至右、从上至下的排序规则,可以确定将目标桌面卡片1823排布在M5的右侧,与M5水平排布。电子设备100将目标桌面卡片1823标注为(M6,8)。
再例如,如图23c所示,目标桌面卡片1823为S型卡片。此时,M5右侧的排列区域可以容纳该目标桌面卡片1823,M4的下侧的排列区域也可以容纳该目标桌面卡片1823。然而,电子设备100按照从左至右、从上至下的排序规则,可以确定将目标桌面卡片1823排布在M5的右侧,与M5水平排布。电子设备100将目标桌面卡片1823标注为(S3,8)。
在本申请的另一些实施例中,在显示负一屏期间,电子设备100还可以接收删除桌面卡片操作。删除桌面卡片操作可以是用户在电子设备100的内屏显示的负一屏中执行的操作,例如,删除桌面卡片操作可以是用户删除电子设备100的内屏显示的负一屏中已存在的桌面卡片的操作。
参考图24a-图24c,图24a-图24c示例性示出电子设备100的内屏显示的桌面卡片的实施例。
如图24a所示,图24a示例性示出了电子设备100的内屏显示的用户界面2410,用户界面2410可以是负一屏。在电子设备100接收到用户对桌面卡片1818的操作,如,长按操作时,电子设备100的内屏显示的用户界面2420,用户界面2420中显示操作窗口2421,其中,操作窗口2421中罗列了操作选项,例如:发现,介绍,更多卡片以及移除。在电子设备100接收到用户对操作选项“移除”的操作,如点击操作时,电子设备100可以删除桌面卡片1818。如图24c所示,电子设备100的内屏显示的桌面卡片区1822中,可以删除桌面卡片1818,也就是,电子设备100可以取消显示桌面卡片区1822中的桌面卡片1818。
可以理解,在桌面卡片1818的原排列区域能够容纳排列于桌面卡片1818之后的桌面卡片时,电子设备100可以根据需要重排桌面卡片。这样,可以有效地利用电子设备100的显示资源。
参考图25a-图25c,图25a-图25c示例性示出电子设备100的内屏显示的桌面卡片区1822中排布桌面卡片的实施例。
例如,图25a所示,在桌面卡片1820(L1,8)被选中删除之后,电子设备100可以在内屏显示的桌面卡片区1822中取消显示L1。由于桌面卡片1820(L1,8)之后不存在其他桌面卡片,电子设备100可以保持其他桌面卡片的排列顺序不变。
再如,图25b所示,在桌面卡片1813(M1,1)被选中删除之后,电子设备100可以在内屏显示的桌面卡片区1822中取消显示M1。S1作为M1的顺位卡片,S1的尺寸小于与M1的尺寸,也就是,M1的原排列区域能够容S1。这样,电子设备100按照从左至右、从上至下的排序规则,依次排布S1、S2、M2、M3、M4、M5和L1。
再例如,图25c所示,在桌面卡片1814(S1,2)被选中删除之后,电子设备100可以在内屏显示的桌面卡片区1822中取消显示S1。S2作为S1的顺位卡片,与S1具有相同的尺 寸,也就是,S1的原排列区域能够容S2。这样,电子设备100按照从左至右、从上至下的排序规则,依次排布M1、S2、M2、M3、M4、M5和L1。
在本申请的另一些实施例中,在显示负一屏期间,电子设备100还可以接收调整桌面卡片操作。调整桌面卡片操作可以是用户在电子设备100的内屏显示的负一屏中执行的操作,例如,调整桌面卡片操作可以是用户调整电子设备100的内屏显示的负一屏中已存在的桌面卡片的排布位置的操作。
下面基于图26所示的方法流程示意图来详细描述本申请实施例提供的桌面卡片的显示方法。图26所示的方法可以由电子设备100的处理器执行相关的指令实现。
S2601:在显示负一屏期间,电子设备100接收调整桌面卡片操作。
参考图27a-图27c,图27a-图27c示例性示出电子设备100的内屏显示的桌面卡片区1822中排布桌面卡片的实施例。
S2602:电子设备100响应于调整桌面卡片操作,按照调整桌面卡片操作对应的方向移动目标桌面卡片。
如图27a所示,图27a示例性示出了电子设备100的内屏显示的桌面卡片区1822,其中,桌面卡片1818为桌面卡片区1822中的一张桌面卡片。上述调整桌面卡片操作可以是指示桌面卡片1818移动的动作,如图27b所示,例如,调整桌面卡片操作可以是用户手指与显示屏接触后,按住桌面卡片1818(M4),手指带动桌面卡片1818(M4)向右上移动,桌面卡片1818(M4)移动至桌面卡片1816(M2)的位置。
S2603:在目标桌面卡片移动过程中,电子设备100检测到目标桌面卡片与其他桌面卡片之间满足预设条件时,调整目标桌面卡片与其他桌面卡片的排列顺序。
如图27c所示,在桌面卡片1818移动至桌面卡片1816的位置时,桌面卡片1818(M4)的标注从(M4,6)变为(M4,4),桌面卡片1816(M2)的标注从(M2,4)变为(M2,5),桌面卡片1817(M3)的标注从(M3,5)变为(M3,6)。其中,上述标注中的序号用于指示桌面卡片区1822中桌面卡片的排列顺序。此时,电子设备100确定桌面卡片区1822中桌面卡片的新的排列顺序,其中,桌面卡片1818(M4)排列于桌面卡片1816(M2)之前,桌面卡片1816(M2)和桌面卡片1817(M3)的位置依次向后移动。
在本申请的一些实施例中,图26中描述的预设条件可以包括以下至少一种。
预设条件1:在桌面卡片移动的过程中,当前桌面卡片移动至目标位置,当前桌面卡片和目标位置之间的桌面卡片(包括处于目标位置的桌面卡片)按照从左至右,从上至下的排序规则调整桌面卡片的排列顺序。
预设条件2:在桌面卡片移动的过程中,若桌面卡片需要跨过其他桌面卡片形成的行区域或者列区域,在桌面卡片移动至该行区域或者列区域时,可以调整桌面卡片与形成该行区域或者列区域中的部分桌面卡片的排列顺序,再根据桌面卡片的目标位置,调整桌面卡片的排列顺序。
预设条件3:在尺寸较大的桌面卡片移动的过程中,若尺寸较大的桌面卡片的目标位置存在多个尺寸较小的桌面卡片,也就是尺寸较大的桌面卡片会与多个尺寸较小的桌面卡片同时触发排序,则将多个尺寸较小的桌面卡片作为一个整体,与尺寸较大的桌面卡片一起调整桌面卡片的排列顺序。
预设条件4:在桌面卡片移动的过程中,形成的一个行区域的三张尺寸较小的桌面卡片与形成的一个行区域一张尺寸较大的桌面卡片同时触发排序,则将行区域的三张尺寸较小的桌面卡片作为一个整体,与形成的一个行区域一张尺寸较大的桌面卡片一起调整桌面卡片的排列顺序。
可以理解,以上仅列举了本申请实施例中,本领域技术人员实施时可能选用的预设条件,本申请实施例还可以采用其他类型的预设条件。
下面以多个本申请实施例,介绍不同类型的桌面卡片移动的过程中,根据预设条件,调整桌面卡片的排列顺序的场景示意图。
参考图28a-图28c,图28a-图28c示例性示出电子设备100调整内屏显示的桌面卡片区2810中桌面卡片的排列顺序的实施例。
如图28a所示,图28a示例性示出了电子设备100的内屏显示的桌面卡片区2810,其中,在桌面卡片区2810中,桌面卡片S1,桌面卡片S2、桌面卡片S3、桌面卡片M1、桌面卡片M2以及桌面卡片M3依次排列。电子设备100检测到用户的手指选中M1,并拖拽M1朝向S1滑动,也就是,向上方滑动。在M1到达S1的位置时,电子设备100可以根据从左至右,从上至下的排序规则,重新确定桌面卡片之间的排列顺序,在新的排列顺序中,M1排列于S1的左侧,同时S1依然排列于S2之前。S3排列于S1的下侧,M2和M3的位置也依次向右移动,使得M2排列于S2的下侧,M3排列于M1的下侧。重新排布后,桌面卡片M1、桌面卡片S1,桌面卡片S2、桌面卡片S3、桌面卡片M2以及桌面卡片M3依次排列。
如图28b所示,图28b示例性示出了电子设备100的内屏显示的桌面卡片区2810,其中,在桌面卡片区2810中,桌面卡片S1,桌面卡片S2、桌面卡片S3、桌面卡片M1、桌面卡片M2以及桌面卡片M3依次排列。电子设备100检测到用户的手指选中M1,并拖拽M1朝向S2滑动,也就是,向右上方滑动。在M1到达S2的位置时,电子设备100可以根据从左至右,从上至下的排序规则,重新确定桌面卡片之间的排列顺序,在新的排列顺序中,M1排列于S1的右侧,同时S2排列于M1的右侧。S3排列于S1的下侧,M2和M3的位置也依次向右移动,使得M2排列于S2的下侧,M3排列于S3的下侧。重新排布后,桌面卡片S1、桌面卡片M1、桌面卡片S2、桌面卡片S3、桌面卡片M2以及桌面卡片M3依次排列。
如图28c所示,图28c示例性示出了电子设备100的内屏显示的桌面卡片区2810,其中,在桌面卡片区2810中,桌面卡片S1,桌面卡片S2、桌面卡片S3、桌面卡片M1、桌面卡片M2以及桌面卡片M3依次排列。电子设备100检测到用户的手指选中M2,并拖拽M2朝向S2滑动,也就是,向上方滑动。在M2到达S2的位置时,电子设备100可以根据从左至右,从上至下的排序规则,重新确定桌面卡片之间的排列顺序,在新的排列顺序中,M2排列于S1的右侧,同时S2排列于M2的右侧。S3排列于S1的下侧,M1和M3的位置也依次向右移动,使得M1排列于S2的下侧,M3排列于S3的下侧。重新排布后,桌面卡片S1、桌面卡片M2、桌面卡片S2、桌面卡片S3、桌面卡片M1以及桌面卡片M3依次排列。
参考图29a-图29c,图28a-图28c示例性示出电子设备100调整内屏显示的桌面卡片区2910中桌面卡片的排列顺序的实施例。
如图29a所示,图28a示例性示出了电子设备100的内屏显示的桌面卡片区2910,其 中,在桌面卡片区2910中,桌面卡片M1,桌面卡片S1、桌面卡片S2、桌面卡片S3以及桌面卡片S4依次排列。电子设备100检测到用户的手指选中S1,并拖拽S1朝向M1滑动,也就是,向左侧滑动。在S1到达M1的位置时,电子设备100可以根据从左至右,从上至下的排序规则,重新确定桌面卡片之间的排列顺序,在新的排列顺序中,S1排列于M1的左侧,S2排列于M1的右侧,S3的位置也向左移动,使得S3排列于S1的下侧,S4排列于S2的下侧。重新排布后,桌面卡片S1、桌面卡片M1,桌面卡片S2、桌面卡片S3以及桌面卡片S4依次排列。
如图29b所示,图29b示例性示出了电子设备100的内屏显示的桌面卡片区2910,其中,在桌面卡片区2910中,桌面卡片M1,桌面卡片S1、桌面卡片S2、桌面卡片S3以及桌面卡片S4依次排列。电子设备100检测到用户的手指选中S3,并拖拽S3朝向M1滑动,也就是,向左侧滑动。在S3到达M1的位置时,电子设备100可以根据从左至右,从上至下的排序规则,重新确定桌面卡片之间的排列顺序,在新的排列顺序中,S3排列于M1的左侧,S1排列于M1的右侧,S2的位置也向左移动,使得S2排列于S3的下侧,S4排列于S1的下侧。重新排布后,桌面卡片S3、桌面卡片M1,桌面卡片S1、桌面卡片S2以及桌面卡片S4依次排列。
如图29c所示,图29c示例性示出了电子设备100的内屏显示的桌面卡片区2910,其中,在桌面卡片区2910中,桌面卡片M1,桌面卡片S1、桌面卡片S2、桌面卡片S3以及桌面卡片S4依次排列。电子设备100检测到用户的手指选中S2,并拖拽S2朝向M1滑动,也就是,向左侧滑动,并且S2需要跨过S1和S3形成的列区域。在S2经过S1和S3形成的列区域时,电子设备100可以根据从左至右,从上至下的排序规则以及上述图26中描述的预设条件,先将S1移动至S2的起始位置,使得S1排列于S2的右侧;在S2到达M1的位置时,电子设备100可以重新确定桌面卡片之间的排列顺序,在新的排列顺序中,S2排列于M1的左侧,S1排列于M1的右侧,S3的位置也向左移动,使得S3排列于S2的下侧,S4排列于S1的下侧。重新排布后,桌面卡片S2、桌面卡片M1,桌面卡片S1、桌面卡片S3以及桌面卡片S4依次排列。
参考图30a-图30b,图30a-图30b示例性示出电子设备100调整内屏显示的桌面卡片区2910中桌面卡片的排列顺序的实施例。
如图30a所示,图30a示例性示出了电子设备100的内屏显示的桌面卡片区3010,其中,在桌面卡片区3010中,桌面卡片M1,桌面卡片S1、桌面卡片S2、桌面卡片S3以及桌面卡片S4依次排列。电子设备100检测到用户的手指选中M1,并拖拽M1朝向S1和S3形成的列区域滑动,也就是,向右侧滑动。在M1到达S1和S3的位置时,电子设备100可以根据从左至右,从上至下的排序规则,重新确定桌面卡片之间的排列顺序,在新的排列顺序中,S1和S3排列于M1的左侧,S2和S4排列于M1的右侧,可以看出,S1和S3形成的列区域可以作为一个整体移动至M1移动前的位置,使得S3排列于S1的下侧,S4排列于S2的下侧。重新排布后,桌面卡片S1、桌面卡片M1,桌面卡片S2、桌面卡片S3以及桌面卡片S4依次排列。
如图30b所示,图30b示例性示出了电子设备100的内屏显示的桌面卡片区3010,其中,在桌面卡片区3010中,桌面卡片S1、桌面卡片S2、桌面卡片S3以及桌面卡片L1依 次排列。电子设备100检测到用户的手指选中L1,并拖拽M1朝向S1、S2和S3形成的行区域滑动,也就是,向上方滑动。在L1到达S1、S2和S3的位置时,电子设备100可以根据从左至右,从上至下的排序规则,重新确定桌面卡片之间的排列顺序,在新的排列顺序中,S1、S2和S3形成的行区域可以作为一个整体移动至L1移动前的位置,使得S1、S2和S3排列于L1的下侧,S1、S2和S3依次排列。重新排布后,桌面卡片L1,桌面卡片S1、桌面卡片S2以及桌面卡片S3依次排列。
可以理解,对于XL型卡片来说,XL型卡片的宽度与L型卡片的宽度相同,因此,适用于L型卡片的预设条件和排序规则也适用于XL型卡片。
应当理解的是,虽然在本文中可能使用了术语“第一”、“第二”等等来描述各个特征,但是这些特征不应当受这些术语限制。使用这些术语仅仅是为了进行区分,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性。举例来说,在不背离示例性实施例的范围的情况下,第一特征可以被称为第二特征,并且类似地第二特征可以被称为第一特征。
此外,各种操作将以最有助于理解说明性实施例的方式被描述为多个彼此分离的操作;然而,描述的顺序不应被解释为暗示这些操作必须依赖描述的顺序,其中的许多操作可以被并行地、并发地或者同时实施。此外,各项操作的顺序也可以被重新安排。当所描述的操作完成时,所述处理可以被终止,但是还可以具有未包括在附图中的附加操作。所述处理可以对应于方法、函数、规程、子例程、子程序等等。
说明书中对“一个实施例”,“实施例”,“说明性实施例”等的引用表示所描述的实施例可以包括特定特征、结构或性质,但是每个实施例也可能或不是必需包括特定的特征、结构或性质。而且,这些短语不一定是针对同一实施例。此外,当结合具体实施例描述特定特征,本领域技术人员的知识能够影响到这些特征与其他实施例的结合,无论这些实施例是否被明确描述。
除非上下文另有规定,否则术语“包含”、“具有”和“包括”是同义词。短语“A/B”表示“A或B”。短语“A和/或B”表示“(A)、(B)或(A和B)”。
如本文所使用的,术语“模块”可以指代,作为其中的一部分,或者包括:用于运行一个或多个软件或固件程序的存储器(共享、专用或组),专用集成电路(ASIC),电子电路和/或处理器(共享、专用或组),组合逻辑电路,和/或提供所述功能的其他合适组件。
在附图中,可能以特定布置和/或顺序示出了一些结构或方法特征。然而,应当理解的是,这样的特定布置和/或排序不是必需的。而是,在一些实施例中,这些特征可以以不同于说明性附图中所示的方式和/或顺序来进行说明。另外,特定附图中所包含得结构或方法特征并不意味着所有实施例都需要包含这样的特征,在一些实施例中,可以不包含这些特征,或者可以将这些特征与其他特征进行组合。
上面结合附图对本申请的实施例做了详细说明,但本申请技术方案的使用不仅仅局限于本专利实施例中提及的各种应用,各种结构和变型都可以参考本申请技术方案轻易地实施,以达到本文中提及的各种有益效果。在本领域普通技术人员所具备的知识范围内,在不脱离本申请宗旨的前提下做出的各种变化,均应归属于本申请专利涵盖范围。

Claims (30)

  1. 一种信息显示方法,其特征在于,应用于电子设备,所述电子设备包括第一屏幕和第二屏幕,并且第一屏幕大于第二屏幕,所述方法包括:
    在所述第二屏幕上堆叠显示多个卡片时,检测到第一操作;
    响应于所述第一操作,将所述第二屏幕上显示的所述多个卡片显示在所述第一屏幕上,在所述第一屏幕上,所述多个卡片中的第一部分卡片和第二部分卡片显示在不同位置。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一屏幕为能够折叠的屏幕,在所述第二屏幕上堆叠显示多个卡片时,所述第一屏幕处于折叠状态,所述折叠状态是指所述第一屏幕的第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕的夹角小于第一预设角度。
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一操作为将所述第一屏幕的第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕的夹角,展开到大于第一预设角度的操作。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一屏幕处于展开状态时,所述第一屏幕和所述第二屏幕相对设置,所述第一屏幕和所述第二屏幕位于所述电子设备的不同侧。
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一部分卡片包括第一卡片,
    所述在所述第二屏幕上堆叠显示多个卡片包括:
    按照预设条件在所述第二屏幕上堆叠显示所述多个卡片;所述预设条件为所述多个卡片的优先级;
    所述第二部分卡片在所述第一屏幕上按照所述优先级堆叠显示。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    接收针对所述第二屏幕上显示的所述多个卡片的第一操作,响应于所述第一操作,所述多个卡片中优先级最高的卡片以外的第二卡片显示在第一层;
    所述第二部分卡片在所述第一屏幕上堆叠显示时,第一层显示所述第二卡片。
  7. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    检测到第二操作;
    响应于所述第二操作,将所述第一屏幕上显示的所述第一部分卡片和所述第二部分卡片显示在所述第二屏幕上;
    在所述第二屏幕上,所述多个卡片中的第一部分卡片和第二部分卡片在相同位置,按照优先级堆叠显示。
  8. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    检测到第二操作;
    响应于所述第二操作,将所述第一屏幕上显示的所述第一部分卡片和所述第二部分卡片显示在所述第二屏幕上;在所述第二屏幕上,所述多个卡片中的第一部分卡片和第二部分卡片在相同位置堆叠显示,所述第二卡片或者所述第一卡片显示在第一层。
  9. 根据权利要求7或6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    接收到针对所述第二部分卡片的第三操作;
    响应于所述第三操作,在所述第二部分卡片的第一层显示第三卡片;
    检测到第二操作;
    响应于所述第二操作,将所述第一屏幕上显示的所述第一部分卡片和所述第二部分卡片显示在所述第二屏幕上;在所述第二屏幕上,所述多个卡片中的第一部分卡片和第二部分卡片在相同位置堆叠显示,所述第三卡片显示在第一层。
  10. 根据权利要求7-9任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二操作为将所述第一屏幕的第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕的夹角,折叠到小于第二预设角度的操作。
  11. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述多个卡片的优先级为所述多个卡片中包含的时间信息或者位置信息与所述电子设备的当前时间信息或者当前位置信息之间的比较结果。
  12. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设条件为创建或者修改所述多个卡片时,对所述多个卡片设置的排列顺序。
  13. 一种信息显示方法,其特征在于,应用于电子设备,所述电子设备包括第一屏幕和第二屏幕,并且第一屏幕大于第二屏幕,所述方法包括:
    在所述第二屏幕显示第一卡片时,检测到第一操作,所述第一卡片用于显示所述电子设备的相册中的第一多媒体文件;
    响应于所述第一操作,在所述第一屏幕上显示与所述第一卡片对应的第二卡片,所述第二卡片中显示有所述第一多媒体文件和第二多媒体文件。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一屏幕为能够折叠的屏幕,在所述第二屏幕上显示所述第一卡片时,所述第一屏幕处于折叠状态,所述折叠状态是指所述第一屏幕的第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕的夹角小于第一预设角度。
  15. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一操作为将所述第一屏幕的第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕的夹角,展开到大于第一预设角度的操作。
  16. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一屏幕处于展开状态时,所述第一屏幕和所述第二屏幕相对设置,所述第一屏幕和所述第二屏幕位于所述电子设备的不同侧。
  17. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,在检测到第一操作之前,所述方法还 包括:
    在预设时间段之后,在所述第一卡片中显示所述第二多媒体文件。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二多媒体文件为所述相册中创建时间早于所述第一多媒体文件的文件,
    或者,所述第二多媒体文件为所述电子设备推荐的多个多媒体文件中位于所述第一多媒体文件之后显示的文件。
  19. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一多媒体文件为第一图片,第二多媒体文件为第二图片,所述第二卡片中显示有将所述第一图片和所述第二图片拼接得到的第三图片;第三图片中的第一区域显示所述第一图片,第二区域显示所述第二图片;
    所述方法还包括:
    响应于接收到的针对所述第一区域的操作,显示第一界面,所述第一界面为图库应用的界面,所述第一界面包括所述第一图片;
    响应于接收到的针对所述第二区域的操作,显示第二界面,所述第二界面为图库应用的界面,所述第二界面包括所述第二图片。
  20. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一多媒体文件为所述电子设备推荐的一组图片中的第四图片,所述第二多媒体文件为所述电子设备推荐的一组图片中的第五图片,所述第二卡片中显示有将所述第四图片和所述第五图片拼接得到的第六图片;第六图片中的第一区域显示所述第四图片,第二区域显示所述第五图片;
    所述方法还包括:
    响应于针对所述第六图片上任意位置的操作,显示第三界面,所述第三界面为图库应用的界面,所述第三界面中包括播放控件;
    响应于针对所述播放控件的操作,以视频帧的形式播放所述一组图片。
  21. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    在预设时间段后,在所述第二卡片中显示所述第二多媒体文件和第三多媒体文件。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    检测到第二操作;
    响应于所述第二操作,在所述第二屏幕显示所述第一卡片,所述第一卡片中显示有所述第三多媒体文件。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二操作为将所述第一屏幕的第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕的夹角,折叠到小于第二预设角度的操作。
  24. 一种信息显示方法,其特征在于,应用于电子设备,所述电子设备包括第一屏幕和第二屏幕,并且第一屏幕大于第二屏幕,所述方法包括:
    在所述第二屏幕内的负一屏显示多个卡片,所述多个卡片排列成两列;
    检测到第一操作;
    响应于所述第一操作,将所述第二屏幕上显示的所述多个卡片显示在所述第一屏幕上,在所述第一屏幕上,所述多个卡片排列成三列。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:
    所述第二屏幕内的负一屏显示包括至少第一区域、第二区域和第三区域的第一界面,所述第一区域和所述第二区域依次从左至右排列,所述第三区域排布于所述第一区域的下侧;
    在所述第一屏幕内的负一屏显示第二界面,所述第二界面中的所述第一区域、所述第二区域和所述第三区域依次从左至右排列;
    所述第一区域、所述第二区域和所述第三区域分别显示第一卡片、第二卡片和第三卡片;
    接收针对所述第一卡片的拖动操作,控制所述第一卡片向所述第三卡片移动,若所述第一卡片和所述第三卡片满足第一条件,将所述第一卡片排布在所述第三区域,控制所述第二卡片向所述第一区域移动,控制所述第三卡片向所述第二区域移动。
  26. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一操作为将所述第一屏幕的第一子屏幕和第二子屏幕的夹角,展开到大于第一预设角度的操作。
  27. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一卡片和所述第三卡片满足第一条件,包括:所述第一卡片的中心点与所述第三卡片中任意点重叠。
  28. 一种可读介质,其特征在于,所述可读介质上存储有指令,该指令在电子设备上执行时使电子设备执行权利要求1-12或权利要求13-23或权利要求24-27中任一项所述的信息显示方法。
  29. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括:
    存储器,用于存储由电子设备的一个或多个处理器执行的指令,以及
    处理器,是电子设备的处理器之一,用于执行权利要求1-12或权利要求13-23或权利要求24-27中任一项所述的信息显示方法。
  30. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括:非易失性计算机可读存储介质,所述非易失性计算机可读存储介质包含用于执行权利要求1-12或权利要求13-23或权利要求24-27中任一项所述的信息显示方法的计算机程序代码。
PCT/CN2023/070718 2022-01-10 2023-01-05 电子设备及其信息显示方法、介质 WO2023131243A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US18/263,784 US20240015238A1 (en) 2022-01-10 2023-01-05 Electronic Device and Information Display Method Applicable to Same, and Medium
EP23737105.9A EP4266167A1 (en) 2022-01-10 2023-01-05 Electronic device and information display method therefor, and medium

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210022460.9A CN116450070A (zh) 2022-01-10 2022-01-10 电子设备及其信息显示方法、介质
CN202210022460.9 2022-01-10

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023131243A1 true WO2023131243A1 (zh) 2023-07-13

Family

ID=87073233

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/070718 WO2023131243A1 (zh) 2022-01-10 2023-01-05 电子设备及其信息显示方法、介质

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20240015238A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4266167A1 (zh)
CN (1) CN116450070A (zh)
WO (1) WO2023131243A1 (zh)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20160132074A1 (en) * 2014-11-10 2016-05-12 Lg Electronics Inc. Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same
CN111124326A (zh) * 2018-10-31 2020-05-08 中兴通讯股份有限公司 图片显示方法、终端和计算机可读存储介质
CN111580601A (zh) * 2019-02-19 2020-08-25 三星电子株式会社 电子装置及其显示控制方法
US20200333834A1 (en) * 2019-04-17 2020-10-22 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Electronic device and method for performing fast transition between screens

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20160132074A1 (en) * 2014-11-10 2016-05-12 Lg Electronics Inc. Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same
CN111124326A (zh) * 2018-10-31 2020-05-08 中兴通讯股份有限公司 图片显示方法、终端和计算机可读存储介质
CN111580601A (zh) * 2019-02-19 2020-08-25 三星电子株式会社 电子装置及其显示控制方法
US20200333834A1 (en) * 2019-04-17 2020-10-22 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Electronic device and method for performing fast transition between screens

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20240015238A1 (en) 2024-01-11
CN116450070A (zh) 2023-07-18
EP4266167A1 (en) 2023-10-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11416127B2 (en) Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for interacting with user interface objects corresponding to applications
US9575647B2 (en) Method and apparatus for providing information of multiple applications
EP4231126A2 (en) Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for interacting with user interface objects
WO2023131243A1 (zh) 电子设备及其信息显示方法、介质
AU2021101401B4 (en) Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for interacting with user interface objects corresponding to applications

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2023737105

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230718

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 18263784

Country of ref document: US

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23737105

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1